DIGITAL MULTIMETER

DM2571
USER MANUALNF Corporation

DA00078064-002

DIGITAL MULTIMETER
DM2571

USER MANUAL

ISO-9001 CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER

This manual contains proprietary information, which is protected bycopyrights. All rights are reserved. No part of this manual may be
photocopied, reproduced or translated to another language without
prior written consent of NF Corporation.
The information in this manual was correct at the time of printing.
However, NF continues to improve products and reserves the right tochange specifications, equipment, and maintenance procedures at
any time without notice.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ...................................................3
Safety Symbols ....................................................................... 3
Safety Guidelines ................................................................... 4

GETTING STARTED ...........................................................7
Characteristics ........................................................................ 8
Front Panel Overview.............................................................. 10
Rear Panel Overview .............................................................. 15
Status Bar .............................................................................. 18
Set Up .................................................................................... 21

BASIC MEASUREMENT ...................................................23
Basic Measurement Overview ................................................. 24
AC/DC Voltage Measurement .................................................. 27
AC/DC Current Measurement .................................................. 34
2W/4W Resistance Measurement ............................................ 38
Continuity Test ........................................................................ 41
Diode Measurement ................................................................ 44
Frequency/Period Measurement .............................................. 45
Capacitance Measurement ...................................................... 50
Temperature Measurement ...................................................... 53

DUAL MEASUREMENT ....................................................63
Dual Measurement .................................................................. 64

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT ..........................................73
Advanced Measurement Overview ........................................... 74
Relative Value Measurement ................................................... 75
Hold Measurement .................................................................. 77
Trigger Setting ........................................................................ 80
Filter Setting ........................................................................... 86
Math Measurement ................................................................. 89

DIGITAL I/O ..................................................................... 113
Digital I/O Overview ................................................................ 114
Application: Compare Mode .................................................... 116
Application: 4094 / User Mode ................................................. 123
Application: External Trigger ................................................... 131

1

DM2571 User Manual

SYSTEM & FIRMWARE.................................................. 133
View System Info .................................................................... 134
Firmware Update ..................................................................... 135

MENU SETTING ............................................................. 137
Configure System .................................................................... 138
Configure Display .................................................................... 153

SCREENSHOT & LOG ................................................... 173
Capture................................................................................... 174
Save Reading ......................................................................... 177

DISPLAY SETTING ......................................................... 181
Digit ........................................................................................ 182
Display ................................................................................... 184

REMOTE CONTROL ...................................................... 203
Configure Interface ................................................................. 204
Web Control Interface ............................................................. 236
Command Syntax .................................................................... 241
Command Set ......................................................................... 244
Status system ......................................................................... 330

APPENDIX ...................................................................... 334
Fuse Replacement .................................................................. 335
Factory Default Parameters ..................................................... 338
Specifications .......................................................................... 342
EMC and Safety ...................................................................... 357

2

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONSSAFETY INSTRUCTIONSThis chapter contains important safety instructions thatyou must follow when operating the DM2571 and when
keeping it in storage. Read the following before any
operation to insure your safety and to keep the DM2571
in the best possible condition.

Safety Symbols
These safety symbols may appear in this manual or on the DM2571.
Warning: This contains information to avoid risks inequipment handling that could result in loss of life or
WARNING bodily injury.
Caution: This contains information to avoid risks inequipment handling that could result in minor or
CAUTION moderate injury to person or damage to property or theequipment.
DANGER High Voltage
Attention Refer to the ManualProtective Conductor Terminal
Earth (ground) Terminal
Do not dispose electronic equipment as unsorted
municipal waste. Please use a separate collection facility
or contact the supplier from which this instrument waspurchased.

3

DM2571 User Manual

Safety Guidelines
General Guideline

Make sure that the voltage input level does not exceed
DC1000V/AC750V.
• Make sure the current input level does not exceed 10A.
CAUTION• Do not place any heavy object on the instrument.
• Avoid severe impact or rough handling that can lead todamaging the instrument.
• Do not discharge static electricity to the instrument.
• Use only mating connectors, not bare wires, for theterminals.
• Do not block or obstruct the cooling fan vent opening.
• Do not perform measurement at the source of alow-voltage installation or at building installations(Note below).
• Do not disassemble the instrument unless you arequalified as service personnel.
• Make sure that the Sense LO terminal to Input LO islimited to 2Vpk, the Sense HI to Sense LO terminals
are limited to 200Vpk and the Input LO to earth islimited to 500Vpk.
•(Note) EN61010-2-030:2010 specifies the measurement categories
and their requirements as follows. The DM2571 falls undercategory II 300V.
•••

Power Supply

Measurement category IV is for measurement performed at the sourceof low-voltage installation.
Measurement category III is for measurement performed in thebuilding installation.
Measurement category II is for measurement performed on the circuits
directly connected to the low voltage installation.

AC Input voltage: 100/120/220/240 V AC ±10%,50Hz / 60Hz / 400Hz ±10%
WARNING • The power supply voltage should not fluctuate morethan 10%.
• Connect the protective grounding conductor of the
AC power cord to an earth ground, to avoid electricalshock.

4•

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS•WARNINGFuse

Due to the fact that the Front/Rear Input Switch on
the front panel is not proposed as an active
multiplexer, do Not change the input switch when
signals are present on either rear or front set ofterminals. Intrument damage and risk of electric shock
may occur if switching the input switch when highvoltage or current is present.

Fuse type: T0.25A 100/120 VAC
T0.125A 220/240 VAC
WARNING • Make sure the correct type of fuse is installed before
power up.
• To avoid risk of fire, replace the fuse only with thespecified type and rating.
• Disconnect the power cord before fuse replacement.
• Make sure the cause of a fuse blowout is fixed before
fuse replacement.

Cleaning theInstrument

Operation
Environment•

Disconnect the power cord before cleaning.
Use a soft cloth dampened in a solution of mild
detergent and water. Do not spray any liquid into the
product.
• Do not use chemicals or cleaners containing harshmaterial such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and acetone.
••

Location: Indoor, no direct sunlight, dust free, almost
non-conductive pollution (Note below)• Temperature: Full accuracy for 0°C to 55°C.
• Humidity:< 30°C: < 80%RH (non-condensing)
30°C to 40°C: <70%RH (non-condensing)>40°C: <50%RH (non-condensing)• Altitude: <2000m•

5DM2571 User Manual(Note) EN 61010-1:2010 specifies the pollution degrees and theirrequirements as follows. The DM2571 falls under degree 2.
Pollution refers to “addition of foreign matter, solid, liquid, or
gaseous (ionized gases), that may produce a reduction of dielectricstrength or surface resistivity”.
•••

Storage
Environment
Disposal

6

Pollution degree 1: No pollution or only dry, non-conductive pollution
occurs. The pollution has no influence.
Pollution degree 2: Normally only non-conductive pollution occurs.
Occasionally, however, a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation must be expected.
Pollution degree 3: Conductive pollution occurs, or dry, non-conductive
pollution occurs which becomes conductive due to condensation whichis expected. In such conditions, equipment is normally protectedagainst exposure to direct sunlight, precipitation, and full wind pressure,but neither temperature nor humidity is controlled.

Location: Indoor• Temperature: −40°C to 70°C
• Humidity: <90%RH(non-condensing)•

Do not dispose this instrument as unsorted municipal
waste. Please use a separate collection facility or contact
the supplier from which this instrument was purchased.
Please make sure discarded electrical waste is properly
recycled to reduce environmental impact.

GETTING STARTEDGETTING STARTEDThis chapter describes the DM2571 in a nutshell,
including an Overview of its main features and front /rear panel introduction. After going through theOverview, follow the Power-up sequence to properly
setup the DM2571.
Please note the information in this manual was correct at
the time of printing. However as NF continues toimprove its products, changes can occur at any time
without notice. Please see the NF website for the latest
information and content.
Characteristics ........................................................................ 8
Accessories ............................................................................ 9
Front Panel Overview.............................................................. 10
Measurement Keys (basic) ...................................................... 12
Measurement Keys (advanced) ............................................... 14
Rear Panel Overview .............................................................. 15
Status Bar .............................................................................. 18
Set Up .................................................................................... 21
Horizontal/Tilt/Vertical Applications .......................................... 21
Power Up ............................................................................... 22

7

DM2571 User Manual

Characteristics
The DM2571 is a portable, dual-display digital
multimeter suitable for a wide range of applications, suchas production testing, research, and field verification.
Performance•

Features•Interface

8

The highest DCV accuracy:
35ppm• The highest current: 10 A
• The highest voltage: 1000 V• The highest ACV frequency response: 300 kHz• The fastest sampling rate:
10 k Readings/sec• Internal memory:
100k read memory• Data Logging to USB
6 1 2 digits• Multi functions: ACV, DCV, ACI, DCI, 2W/4W R, Hz,
Temp, Continuity, Diode, Period, Capacitance test,
REL, dBm, Hold, MX+B, 1/X, REF%, dB, Compare
and Statistics.
• Manual or Auto ranging• AC true RMS• Built-in DC Ratio function• Up to 3 temerature measurements: RTD, Thermistor
and Thermocouples (Cold-Junction Compensation)• Graph Display: BarMeter, TrendChart, Histogram
USB device/RS232/GPIB(optional)/LAN for remotecontrol• 9-pin Digital I/O port
• USB device port supports USBCDC and USBTMC• USB Host•

GETTING STARTED

Accessories
Standard
Accessories

Description
CD-ROM
Test Lead
USB Cable
Power Cord Set
Safety Information

Optional
Accessories

Part number

Description

PA-001-3393

GPIB Card

PA-001-3395

RS-232C Cable

PA-001-3394

4W TEST LEAD

CAUTION

The power cord set supplied with this equipment isdesigned to be used for this equipment only.
Do not use this power cord set for other equipment
or purposes.
Use only the attached power cord set for connection
to AC power line.

9DM2571 User Manual

Front Panel Overview
5

8

7

0

A

C

D

B

1
2

3
4

6

9

Item

Description

1

ESC (Escape) Key

2

Print screen / Data log Key

3

USB Host Port

4

Power Switch

5

Main Display

6

Function keys (F1 through F6, functions vary per modes)

7

Knob key

8

Arrow Keys

9

Measurement Keys

0

Range Selection KeysA

HI and LO Sense Terminals

B

HI and LO Input Terminals

C

AC/DC Current Input Terminals

D

Front/Rear Input Switch

10

GETTING STARTED
ESC (Escape) Key

Single press to escape from current page.
Presses and holds the ESC key for 2
seconds to toggle between full display
and simple display, which conceals thestatus bar, math display as well as
additional info for lightweight use.
Refer to page 18, page 160 and page 168
for more details of status bar, mathdisplay and additional info, respectively.

Screenshot / Data
Log Saving Key

Captures the current screenshot or saves
the data log for reading. For details, referto page 173.

USB Host Port

Connects with USB flash drive for data
storage.

Power Switch

Main Display

Turns Onor Offthe mainpower. For the power up sequence, seepage 22.
The 4.3”TFT LCD shows measurement results andparameters. For display configurations, see page 153.

Measurement Keys There are 4 rows in total of both basic and advanced

measurement keys deployed on the front panel. For thedetails, refer to page 12 and page 14.

Function Keys

The 6 keys have varied functions per different settings.

Knob Key

Scrolls the knob to select parameters invarious setting pages. Press the key until
click to confirm setting.

Arrow Keys

Presses the left or right arrow keys tomove parameter cursor rightward or
leftward per requirement.

Range Selection
Keys

Presses the Auto key to activate
auto-range mode, whilst clicking “+” or“–“ key can increase or decrease range
parameter, respectively.

11

DM2571 User Manual
DC/AC 3A
Terminal

DC/AC current input
DC: 100μA to 3A
AC: 100μA to 3A
For details see page 34.
For the fuse replacement procedure, seepage 336.

Sense LO
Terminal

Accepts LO sense line in 4W resistancemeasurement. For details, see page 38.

Sense HI Terminal

Accepts HI sense line in 4W resistancemeasurement. For details, see page 38.

Input LO
Terminal

Accepts ground (COM) line in allmeasurements except the sense line in
4W Resistance (page 38).
The maximum withstand voltage
between this terminal and earth is
500Vpk.

Input HI

Used as an input port for all
measurements except for DC/AC
Current measurements.

Terminal

DC/AC 10A
Terminal

Accepts DC/AC Current input.
For DCI or ACI details, see page 34.

Measurement Keys (basic)
Background12

The upper 2 rows of measurement keys are used forbasic measurements such as voltage, current, resistance,
continuity, diode, frequency, period, capacitance andtemperature. Each key has a primary and secondaryfunction individually. The secondary function isaccessed in conjunction with the Shift key.

GETTING STARTEDShift

The Shift key is used to select thesecondary functions assigned to eachfront panel key. When pressed, theShift indicator appears in the display.

Local

For the Local key, it helps releasefrom the remote control andreturns the instrument to local
panel operation (page 204).

ACV

Measures AC Voltage (page 27).

Shift → ACV (ACI)

Measures AC Current (page 34).

DCV

Measures DC Voltage (page 27).

Shift → DCV (DCI)

Measures DC Current (page 34).

Ω2W (Resistance)

Measures 2-wire Resistance (page38).

Shift → Ω2W (Ω4W
Resistance)

Measures 4-wire Resistance (page38 ).

(Continuity)
Shift →
(DiodeTests Continuity (page 41).
Tests Diode (page 44).

)

FREQ (Frequency)

Measures Frequency (page 45).

Shift + FREQ
(Capacitance

Measures Capacitance (page 50).

TEMP
(Temperature))

Measures Temperature (page 53).

13

DM2571 User Manual

Measurement Keys (advanced)
Background

The lower 2 rows of measurement keys are used formore advanced functions. Each key has a primary andsecondary function. The secondary function is accessedin conjunction with the Shift key.

REL

Measures the Relative value (page75).

Shift → REL(REL#)

Manually sets the reference value for
the Relative value measurement(page 75).

Hold

Activates the Hold function (page77).

Shift → Hold
(Hold#)

Manually sets the parameters for theHold measurement (page 77).

TRIG (Trigger)

Activates the Trigger function (page80).

Shift → TRIG
(TRIG#)

Manually sets the parameters for the
Trigger function (page 80).

Menu

Enters the setting pages in various
Menus (page 138).

Shift → Menu
(Filter)Manually sets the parameters for theFilter function (page 86).

DISP

Display settings (page 181).

Shift → DISP
(Math)The Math functions including dB,
dBm, Compare, MX+B, 1/X andPercent manually (page 89).

14

GETTING STARTED

Rear Panel Overview
1

2

5

0

8

B

A

240

9

4

3

6

7

Item

Description

1

HI and LO Sense Terminals

2

HI and LO Input Terminals

3

3 A Current Terminal

4

3 A Current Terminal Fuse

5

DIGITAL I/O Connector

6RS-232 Interface Connector

7

USB Interface Connector (B Type)

8

Ethernet (LAN) Connector

9

Fan Vents0

AC Mains Input (Power Cord Socket)

A

AC Mains Line Voltage Selector and Fuse Socket

B

GPIB Connector (optional)

15

DM2571 User Manual
Power Cord Socket

Accepts the power cord. AC
100/120/220/240V ±10%,50Hz / 60Hz /400Hz ±10%.
For power on sequence, see page
22.

Fuse Socket

Holds the main fuse:
100/120 VAC: T0.25A
220/240 VAC: T0.125A
For fuse replacement details, seepage 335.

RS-232C port

Accepts an RS-232C cable forremote control; DB-9 maleconnector.
For remote control details, seepage 208.

USB device port

Accepts a USB device cable forremote control; Type B, female
connector.
For remote control details, seepage 205.

LAN port

Accepts a LAN for remotecontrol;
For remote control details, seepage 220.

Digital I/O port

Accepts a digital I/O cable for the
Hi/Lo limit tests; DB-9 pin,
female connector.
For digital I/O details, see page
113.

Optional GPIB port

Accepts an optional GPIB card.
For GPIB details, see page 216.

16

GETTING STARTEDFan Vents

For heat ventilation when machineis under operation.

Sense LO Terminal

Accepts LO sense line in 4W
resistance measurement. For
details, see page 38.

Sense HI Terminal

Accepts HI sense line in 4W
resistance measurement. For
details, see page 38.

Input LO Terminal

Accepts ground (COM) line in allmeasurements except the senseline in 4W Resistance (page 38).
The maximum withstand voltage
between this terminal and earth is
500Vpk.

Input HI
Terminal

Used as an input port for all
measurements except for DC/AC
Current measurements.

DC/AC 3A Terminal

DC/AC current input
DC: 100μA to 3A
AC: 100μA to 3A
For details see page 34.

DC/AC 3.15A Input
Current Fuse

Holds the current fuse: T3.15A,
500V , 5*20mm
For fuse replacement details, seepage 336.

17

DM2571 User Manual

Status Bar
Background

Identify each icon within the top status bar.

Status Bar
Display1

Item

Description

1

Local/Remote control icon

2

RS-232/USB-CDC/USB-TMC/LAN/GPIB interface icon

3

Error icon for commands from remote control

4

Rear panel switch icon

5

Shift key identification icon

6

The first and second function menu switch icon

7

Digital I/O mode icon (User/4094)

8

USB flash drive connection icon

9

Beep/Key Sound setting icon

0Internet connection status icon

A

Time display

18

2

3

4

5

6

7

8 9

0 A

GETTING STARTED
Local Control

It indicates the unit is under local
control mode.

Remote Control

It indicates the unit is under remotecontrol. Refer to page 203 for details.

RS-232

It indicates RS-232 interface is activated.
Refer to page 208 for details.

USB - CDC

It indicates USB - CDC interface isactivated. Refer to page 208 for details.

USB - TMC

It indicates USB - TMC interface isactivated. Refer to page 208 for details.

LAN

It indicates LAN interface is activated.
Refer to page 220 for details.

GPIB

It indicates GPIB interface is activated.
Refer to page 216 for details.

ERROR

It indicates error occurs in commands.
To erase the error icon, it is required toread or sweep the error by remotecontrol commands or reboot action.
Refer to page 315 for details.

Rear Panel

It indicates rear panel control. When theicon appears, only rear panel is available;
otherwise, use front panel formeasurement. Refer to page 15 for details.

Shift

It indicates the shift key is being pressed
ready for in conjunction with other keys
for additional functions. Refer to page
12 for details.

First functionmenu

It indicates the active bottom menu
corresponding to function keys is thefirst menu. Click the Knob key (Enter)to switch to the second function menu.

19

DM2571 User Manual
Second functionmenu

It indicates the active bottom menu
corresponding to functional keys is thesecond menu. Click the Knob key (Enter)to switch to the first function menu.

Digital I/O –4094 mode

It indicates Digital I/O – 4094 mode isenabled. Refer to page 123 for details.

Digital I/O –
mode

User

It indicates Digital I/O – User mode isenabled. Refer to page 123 for details.

Flash Drive –CaptureIt indicates the Capture mode is readyfor the connected flash drive. Refer tothe page 173 for details of Capture.

Flash Drive –Save Reading

It indicates the Save Reading mode is
ready for the connected flash drive. Referto page 177 for details of Save Reading.

Flash Drive –FailureIt indicates something error occurs andthus flash drive fails to connect to unit.

Sound – Beep

It indicates sound of beep is enabled.
Refer to page 138 for details.

Sound - Key

It indicates sound of key is enabled.
Refer to page 139 for details.

Sound – All

It indicates sounds of beep and key areboth enabled.

Sound – Off

It indicates sounds of beep and key areboth disabled.

Internet On

It indicates internet connection isestablished. Refer to page 220 for details.

Internet Off

It indicates internet connection is Not
well established.

Time Display

It indicates the time display. For detailed
setting, refer to page 141.

20

GETTING STARTED

Set UpHorizontal/Tilt/Vertical Applications

Pull out the handle sideways and rotate it clockwise for the applications below.
Horizontal

Tilt

Place the unit horizontally.

Rotate the handle for tilt stand.

VerticalPlace the handle vertically for hand carry.

CAUTION

Do not use in this state.

21

DM2571 User Manual

Power Up
Steps

1. Ensure the correct line voltage isclearly shown on the fuse socket(240V in the right figure forexample). If not, see page 335 to
set the proper line voltage and fuse.
2. Connect the power
cord to the AC
Voltage input.

Note

Make sure the ground connector on the power cord isconnected to a safety ground. This will affect themeasurement accuracy.
3. Push the power button
until click to turn on themain power switch on
the front panel.

4. The screen firstly shows the logo brand of NF
Corporation followed by the message “Load theParameter[Default] is Ok” indicating default parameter
is loaded in the initial startup.

22

BASIC MEASUREMENT

BASIC MEASUREMENT
Basic Measurement Overview ................................................. 24
Refresh Rate .......................................................................... 24
Automatic (Internal)/Single Triggering ...................................... 26
AC/DC Voltage Measurement .................................................. 27
Select Voltage Range .............................................................. 28
General Voltage Setting .......................................................... 29
Voltage Conversion Table ........................................................ 32
Crest Factor Table .................................................................. 33
AC/DC Current Measurement .................................................. 34
Select Current Range.............................................................. 36
General Current Setting .......................................................... 37
2W/4W Resistance Measurement ............................................ 38
Select Resistance Range ........................................................ 39
General Resistance Setting ..................................................... 40
Continuity Test ........................................................................ 41
Set Continuity Threshold ......................................................... 42
Diode Measurement ................................................................ 44
Frequency/Period Measurement .............................................. 45
Frequency/Period In-Depth Setting .......................................... 48
Capacitance Measurement ...................................................... 50
Cable Open Function .............................................................. 51
Select Capacitance Range ...................................................... 52
Temperature Measurement ...................................................... 53
General Temperature Setting ................................................... 54
Thermocouple Sensor Type ..................................................... 55
Reference Junction Temperature (SIM Temperature) ................ 55
Thermocouple Setting ............................................................. 56
RTD 2W/4W Setting ................................................................ 57
Set User Type of RTD 2W/4W ................................................. 58
Thermistor 2W/4W Setting ...................................................... 60
Set User Type of Thermistor 2W/4W ........................................ 61

23

DM2571 User Manual

Basic Measurement Overview
Background

Basic measurement refers to the several types of measurements
assigned to the upper 2 row keys on the front panel.

Measurement
type

ACV

AC Voltage

DCV

DC Voltage

ACI

AC Current

DCI

DC Current

Ω 2W/ Ω 4W

2-wire and 4-wire ResistanceContinuity/Diode

Advancedmeasurement

FREQ

Frequency/Capacitance

TEMP

Temperature

Advanced measurement (page 73) mainly refers to theoperation using the result obtained from one or more of thebasic measurements.

Refresh Rate
Background

Refresh rate defines how frequently the DM2571 captures andupdates measurement data. A faster refresh rate yields a lower
accuracy and resolution. A slower refresh rate yields a higher
accuracy and resolution. Consider these tradeoffs whenselecting the refresh rate.

Measurement Type

Refresh Rate Available

DCV/DCI/ 2W/4W

5/s

20/s

60 (50)/s 100/s 400/s

ACV/ACI

1/s

5/s

50/s

Continuity / Diode60 (50)/s 100/s 400/s

Frequency & Period

1sCapacitance2/s

Temperature

5/s

24

100ms 10ms

20/s

60 (50)/s

1.2k/s

2.4k/s 4.8k/s 7.2k/s 10k/s

BASIC MEASUREMENT
Selection
Procedure

Press the left or right arrow keys to change the refreshrate.
You can also press the F2 (Speed) key to select a desired
rate for measurement. Press corresponding function key
in accord with the desired option on screen display.
Also, the F6 (More ½) key shows when available options
are more than single page.

The refresh rate will be shown at the upper right cornerof the display. See the example below.
Active Refresh Rate

Note

The refresh rate cannot be set for capacitance measurement.

Reading
indicator

The reading indicator, which is located in the lower-rightcorner of display, flashes according to the defined refresh ratesetting.

Reading Indicator25

DM2571 User Manual

Automatic (Internal)/Single Triggering
Overview

By default, the DM2571 automatically triggers according to therefresh rate. See the previous page for refresh rate setting
details. The TRIG key, on the other hand, is used to manuallytrigger once per click.

Single Trigger Simply press the TRIG key to Single trigger

measurement. Pressing once stands for trigger for
single time. See the figure below for example.
Indicator Single Trigger Mode

Automatic(Internal)
Trigger

Note

26

Press and hold the TRIG key for 2 seconds toreturn to the Automatic (Internal) Trigger.
Indicator Auto (Internal)
Trigger Mode

Single triggering is not supported for capacitancemeasurements.

(Press & holdfor 2 seconds)

BASIC MEASUREMENT

AC/DC Voltage Measurement
Voltage typeAC

0 to 750V

DC

0 to 1000V

Activate ACV/
DCV

Press the ACV key or DCV key tomeasure AC or DC voltage,
respectively.

ACV/DCV mode
display appears

The mode will switch to ACV, DCV mode immediately.
See the figure below for example.

or

DC or AC Voltage

Indicates DC or AC Voltage mode

5/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Indicates Automatic range selection

Connect the test
lead and measure

Range: 100mV

Indicates the available range of Voltage+000.1066 mVDC

Indicates the exact measured value

Connect the test lead between the
Input HI and Input LO terminals.
The display updates the reading.

27

DM2571 User Manual

Select Voltage Range
Auto range

To turn the automatic range selection
On/Off, press the Auto key.

Manual range

Press the “+” or the “-” key to select therange. The Auto indicatorturns toindicating Manual range selection.
If the appropriate range is unknown,
select the highest range.
You can also press the F1 (Range) key toselect a range for the measurement.
Press the F1 to F6 key to select a desired
range for the voltage measurement.

Selection list

Note

28

Range

Resolution

Full scale

100mV

0.1μV

119.9999mV

1V

1 μV

1.199999 V

10V

10 μV

11.99999 V

100V

100 μV

119.9999 V

750V (AC)1mV

787.500 V

1000V (DC)1mV

1050.000 V

For more detailed parameters, see the specifications on
page 343.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

General Voltage Setting
F2 (Speed) key
to select refresh
rate

DCV:
Press the F1 to F5 key to select the desired rate
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.

ACV:
Press the F1 to F3 key to select the desired rate

F3 (Auto Zero) Background Autozero provides the most
key to enableaccurate measurements, but requires
Auto Zero (DCV
additional time to perform the zeromode only)
measurement. With autozero

enabled (On), the DM2571
internally measures the offset
following each measurement. It thensubtracts that measurement fromthe preceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset onceand subtracts the offset from all
subsequent measurements.

Display

When turning On the Auto Zero, the display
shows an icon
indicating the Auto
Zero mode is currently being activated.

29

DM2571 User Manual
F4 (Input R) key Background Specify the input impedance to theto select input
test leads (Input R). This specifies
resistancethe measurement terminal input

impedance, which is either Auto or
10 MΩ.
The Auto mode selects highimpedance (Hi-Z) for the 100
mV, 1 V and 10 V ranges, and 10
MΩ for the 100 V and 1000 V
ranges. In most situations, 10 MΩ ishigh enough to not load mostcircuits, but low enough to makereadings stable for high impedance
circuits. It also leads to readings withless noise than the (Hi-Z) option,
which is included for situations
where the 10 MΩ load issignificant.

Vs = ideal voltage of DUT
Rs = input impedance of DUT
Ri = input impedance of DM2571(either 10M or 10G available (Hi-Z))
Deviation (%) = Rs/(Rs+Ri) * 100

Display

30

When “Auto” is selected, the display shows
an iconindicating the Auto mode iscurrently being activated.

BASIC MEASUREMENT
F5 (DCV Ratio)
key to enable
DCV Ratio

Background The DM2571 is able to calculate

DCV ration by measuring input
voltage from the Input terminals
and the reference voltage from theSense terminals. Before activating
the DCV Ration, it is required towire test leads as the following
illustration.

The equation of DCV ratio is likethe following mathematical
calculation:

See the above equation from which
DC Reference Voltage indicates themeasured voltage from the Sense
terminals.
Display

DCV Ratio
Reading

Reference
Voltage Reading

Input Voltage
Reading

From the screenshot above for example, the
INP: +00.86308V (input voltage) is divided
by the REF: +00.85414V (reference voltage),and the result turns out the DCV ratio:+1.010457 shown in giant reading clearly.

31DM2571 User Manual

Voltage Conversion Table
Background

This table shows the relationship between AC and DC
reading in various waveforms.

Waveform
Sine

Peak to Peak

AC
(True RMS)

DC

2.828

1.000

0.000

1.414

0.435

0.900

2.000

0.771

0.636

2.000

1.000

0.000

1.414

0.707

0.707

2.000

2K

2D

PK-PK

Rectified Sine(full wave)
PK-PK

Rectified Sine
(half wave)
PK-PK

SquarePK-PK

Rectified
SquarePK-PK

Rectangular
Pulse
X

K= ( D − D
D=X/Y

PK-PK

Y

Triangle
Sawtooth
PK-PK

32

3.464

1.000

2)

D=X/Y

0.000

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Crest Factor Table
Background

Waveform

Crest factor is the ratio of the peak signal amplitude to the
RMS value of the signal. It determines the accuracy of AC
measurement. If the crest factor is less than 3.0, voltage
measurement will not result in error due to dynamic range
limitations at full scale. If the crest factor is more than 3.0,
it usually indicates an abnormal waveform as seen from the
below table.
Shape

Crest factor

Square wave

1.0

Sine wave

1.414

Triangle sawtooth

1.732

Mixed
frequencies

1.414 to 2.0

SCR output 100%
to 10%

1.414 to 3.0

White noise

3.0 to 4.0

AC Coupled
pulse train

>3.0

Spike

>9.0

33

DM2571 User Manual

AC/DC Current Measurement
Background

The DM2571, with front/rear input terminals, has two
input terminals for current measurement: the 3A terminal
for current less than 3A and a 10A terminal formeasurements up to 10A, which can measure between 3
to 10A for both AC and DC current.

Current type

AC/DC 3A/10A

Activate ACI/ DCI
MeasurePress the Shift → ACV or Shift →DCV key to measure AC or DC
current, respectively.

+
or

ACI/DCI mode
display appears

The measurement will switch to ACI, DCI mode
immediately. See the figure below for example.

AC or DC Current

Indicates DC or AC Current mode

5/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Indicates Automatic range selection

34

Range: 100mA

Indicates the available range of Current

000.03 mAAC

Indicates the exact measured value

BASIC MEASUREMENT
Connect the test
lead and measure

Connect the test lead between the
3A terminal and the Input LO
terminal or DC/AC 10A terminal
and the Input LO terminal,
depending on the input current.
The display updates the reading.
For current ≤ 3A use the 3.15A
terminal.
For current up to 12A use the 10A
terminal.

35

DM2571 User Manual

Select Current Range
Auto range

To turn the automatic range selection On/Off,press the AUTO key. The most appropriate
range for the currently used input jack will be
automatically selected. The DM2571 is able to do
this by remembering the last manually selected
range and using that information to determine
the smallest current range that the auto-rangefunction will switch to. When the current input isswitched to another terminal, the range must be
manually set.
Auto Range not allowed on 10A

Manual range

Press the “+” or the “-” key to select the range.
The AUTO indicatorturns toindicating Manual range selection.
If the appropriate range is unknown, select thehighest range.
You can also press F1 (Range) key to select a
range for the measurement.
Press the F1 to F5 key to select a desired range
for the measurement.
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.

Selectable Current
Ranges

Note

36

Range

Resolution

Full scale

INJACK

100µA

0.1nA

119.9999 µA

3A

1mA

1nA

1.199999 mA

3A

10mA

10nA

11.99999 mA

3A

100mA

100nA

119.9999mA

3A

1A

1μA

1.199999 A

3A

3A

1μA

3.150000 A

3A

10A

10μA

10.50000 A

10A

For further details, see the specifications on page 343.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

General Current Setting
F2 (Speed) key toselect the rate

DCI:
Press the F1 to F5 key to select the desired rate
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.
ACI:
Press the F1 to F3 key to select the desired rate

F3 (Auto Zero) key
to enable Auto Zero
(DCI mode only)

Background

Autozero provides the mostaccurate measurements, but
requires additional time toperform the zero measurement.
With autozero enabled (On), theDM2571 internally measures theoffset following eachmeasurement. It then subtracts
that measurement from thepreceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset
once and subtracts the offset
from all subsequent
measurements.

Display

When turning On the Auto Zero, thedisplay shows an icon
indicating
the Auto Zero mode is currently being
activated.

37

DM2571 User Manual

2W/4W Resistance Measurement
Measurement type 2-wire OHM

Uses the standard Input HI-LO terminals.
Recommended for measuring resistanceslarger than 1kΩ.

4-wire OHM

Compensates the test lead effect using the
4W compensation terminals(SENSE HI/LO terminals), in addition to
the standard Input HI-LO terminals.
Recommended for measuring sensitive
resistances smaller than 1kΩ.

Activate 2W or
Press the Ω2W key to activate 2W
4W Measurement resistance measurement.

Press the Shift → Ω2W key toactivate 4W resistance measurement.

+

2W/4W resistance The mode will switch to the selected resistance mode
mode display
immediately. Press the Shift → Ω2W key on the front
appears
panel as figure shown below.

2 or 4-Wire OHM

Indicates 2W or 4W Resistance mode

5/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Indicates Automatic range selection

38

Range: 100 Ω

Indicates the available range of Resistance

000.0651 Ω

Indicates the exact measured value

BASIC MEASUREMENT
Connect the test For 2W measurement, connect the test leads between thelead and measure Input HI terminal and the LO terminal.

For 4W measurement, connect the test leads between the
Input HI terminal and the LO terminal, as the way to 2W
measurement. Also, connect another sense leads between
the SENSE LO and HI terminals.

Select Resistance Range
Auto range

To turn the automatic range selection On/Off,press the Auto key.

Manual range

Press the “+” or the “-” key to select the range.
The Auto indicatorturns toindicating
Manual range selection. If the appropriate range
is unknown, select the highest range.
You can also press the F1 (Range) key to select a
range for the measurement.
Press the F1 to F5 key to select a desired range
for the measurement.
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.

Selectable
Resistance Ranges

Range

Resolution

Full scale

100Ω

0.1mΩ

119.9999Ω

1kΩ

1mΩ

1.199999kΩ

10kΩ

10mΩ

11.99999kΩ

39

DM2571 User Manual

Note

100kΩ

100mΩ

119.9999kΩ

1MΩ

1Ω

1.199999MΩ

10MΩ

10Ω

11.99999MΩ

100MΩ

100Ω

119.9999MΩ

For more details, see the specifications on page 343.

General Resistance Setting
F2 (Speed) key toselect the rate

Press the F1 to F5 key to select the desired rate
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.

F3 (AutoZero) key Backgroundto enable Auto Zero

Display40

Autozero provides the mostaccurate measurements, but
requires additional time toperform the zero measurement.
With autozero enabled (On), theDM2571 internally measures theoffset following eachmeasurement. It then subtracts
that measurement from thepreceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset
once and subtracts the offset
from all subsequent
measurements.
When turning On the Auto Zero, thedisplay shows an icon
indicating
the Auto Zero mode is currently being
activated.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Continuity Test
Background

Activate
continuity test
Continuity mode
display appears

The continuity test checks that the resistance in the DUT is
low enough to be considered continuous (of a conductive
nature).
Press thekey to activate continuity testing.

The mode will switch to continuity testing immediately.
Presson the front panel as figure shown below.

Continuity

Indicates Continuity measurement

60/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Indicates Manual range selection

1kΩ

Indicates the available range of Continuity
Note: the range selection is fixed in 1kΩ

OPEN Ω

Indicates the currently measured result

Connect the test Connect the test lead between
lead and measure the Input HI terminal and the

LO terminal. The display
updates the reading.

F2 (Speed) key to Press the F1 to F3 key to select the desired rate
select the rate.

41

DM2571 User Manual
F3 (Auto Zero)
Background Autozero provides the most
key to enable Autoaccurate measurements, butZerorequires additional time toperform the zero measurement.
With autozero enabled (On), theDM2571 internally measures theoffset following eachmeasurement. It then subtracts
that measurement from thepreceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset onceand subtracts the offset from all
subsequent measurements.

Display

When turning On the Auto Zero, the display
shows an icon
indicating the Auto
Zero mode is currently being activated.

F4 (BeepVol) key Press the F2 to F4 key to select the volume levelto select the Vol or press the F1 key to set Beep volume off

Set Continuity Threshold
BackgroundThe continuity threshold defines the maximum resistanceallowed in the DUT when testing the continuity.

Threshold Range

Threshold 1 to 1000Ω (Default Threshold:10Ω)

42

Resolution 1Ω

BASIC MEASUREMENT
Procedure

Press the F5 key to enter the Threshold ofContinuity menu as the figure below shown.

Set the continuity threshold level.
1. Use the Left/Right arrow keys to move cursor
and scroll the Knob key or press Number
keys to enter the desired value.
2. Press the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key until
click to confirm the threshold settings.
Display43

DM2571 User Manual

Diode Measurement
BackgroundThe diode test checks the forward bias characteristics of adiode by running a constant forward bias current ofapproximately 1mA through the DUT.

Activate diode test Press the Shift+

key to activate

diode measurement.
Diode mode
display appears+

The screen will switch to Diode mode immediately as thefigure shown below.

Diode

Indicates the Diode measurement

60/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Indicates Manual range selection

5V

Indicates the available range of Diode
Note: the range selection is fixed in 5V

0.449395 VDC

Indicates the exact measured value

Connect the test Connect the test lead between
lead and measure the Input HI terminal and the

LO terminal; Anode-V,
Cathode-COM. The display
updates the reading.

F2 (Speed) key to Press the F1 to F3 key to select the desired rate
select the rate.

44

BASIC MEASUREMENT
F3 (Auto Zero)
Background Autozero provides the most
key to enable Autoaccurate measurements, butZerorequires additional time toperform the zero measurement.
With autozero enabled (On), theDM2571 internally measures theoffset following eachmeasurement. It then subtracts
that measurement from thepreceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset onceand subtracts the offset from all
subsequent measurements.

Display

When turning On the Auto Zero, the display
shows an icon
indicating the Auto
Zero mode is currently being activated.

Frequency/Period Measurement
Description

The DM2571 can be used to measure the frequency or periodof an input signal.

Range

Frequency

3Hz to1MHz

Period

1.0μs to333ms

Activate• To measure Frequency, press the FREQ key
frequency orfollowed by clicking the F3 (Measure) key to enter
period test
the Measure menu. Click the F1 (Frequency) key

and the measured frequency will be displayed on
the primary screen with the period value displayedon the sub section beneath.

45

DM2571 User Manual• To measure Period, press the FREQ key followed
by clicking the F3 (Measure) key to enter the
Measure menu. Click the F2 (Period) key and themeasured period will be displayed on the primary
screen with the frequency value displayed on the
sub section beneath.
DisplayFrequency Mode
Indicator Frequency Mode

Frequency
Value

Period Value in Sub Section

Period Mode
Indicator Period Mode

PeriodValue

Frequency Value in Sub Section

The mode will switch to the Frequency or Period mode
Frequencymode display
immediately. Presson the front panel followed byappears
clicking F3 key to choose Frequency as shown below.

Frequency

Indicates Frequency measurement

100ms

Indicates the active refresh rate

Indicates Manual range selection

46

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Connection

100 mV

Indicates the available range of Voltage

59.96609 Hz

Indicates the exactly measured Frequency value

16.67609ms

Indicates the exactly measured Period value

Depending on different inputs, connect test lead to varied terminals.
In terms of voltage, connect test leads between the Input HI
terminal and the LO terminal. The display updates the reading.

In terms of current, connect test leads between the 3A terminal
and the LO terminal or DC/AC 10A terminal and the LO
terminal. The display updates the reading.

47

DM2571 User ManualFrequency/Period In-Depth Setting
Background

The input voltage/current range for frequency/period
measurements can be set to Auto range or to manual. By
default, the voltage/current range is set to Auto for boththe period and frequency.

Auto range

Press the Auto/Enter key. Auto
will bedisplayed on the upper right corner.

F2 (Gate Time) key Backgroundto select gate time

It is the threshold to recalculate
frequency/period. Slower the gate time,e.g., 1s, more accurate the reading value.

Press the F2 key to enter gate time menu. Clickthe F1 – F3 key for the desired gate time. See
the figure below with available options.
F4 (InJack) key toselect voltage orcurrent

BackgroundIn accordance with the target inputs,
choose the corresponding selection percondition. E.g., select “3A” when the
input current is below 3A amplitude.

Press the F4 (InJack) key to determine whether
the voltage or current 3A or current 10A to bemeasured. Press the F1 – F3 key to select desired
option. See the figure shown below with options
available.

F5 (Time Out) key
to select timeout

48

Background

It defines the exact value for timeout,
which means measurement will besuspended after reaching the set timeout
value when none of input is detected.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Press the F5 key to enter timeout menu. Clickthe F1 – F2 key for the desired timeout setting.
See the figure below with available options.

Note: When selecting “Auto”, the timeout
setting will fully sync with the gate time value.
F1 (AC Range) key Press the “+” or the “-” key to promptly
to manually select select the range. The Auto indicator
range setting
turns toindicating Manual range

selection. If the appropriate range is
unknown, select the highest range.

You can also press the F1 (AC Range) key toselect a range for the measurement.
Depending on the InJack setting, theavailable options vary. See examples below.
When InJack is Voltage:
Press the F1 to F6 key to select a desired
range for the measurement.

When InJack is 3A:
Press the F1 to F5 key to select a desired
range for the measurement.
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page
with more options as figure shown below.

When InJack is 10A:
Press the F1 to F2 key to select a desired
parameter for the measurement.

49

DM2571 User Manual

Capacitance Measurement
Background
Activate
capacitance test

The capacitance measurement function checks thecapacitance of a component.
Press the Shift →to activate
capacitance measurement.

+

Capacitance mode The screen will switch to capacitance mode immediately.
display appears

Press

+

on the front panel as shown below.

Capacitance

Indicates the Capacitance measurement

2/s

Indicates the active refresh rate
Note: refresh rate of Capacitance is fixed in 2/s.
Indicates Automatic range selection

Range: 100nF

Indicates the available range of Capacitance

105.0 nF

Indicates the exact measured value

Connect the test Connect the test lead between
lead and measure the Input HI terminal and the

LO terminal; Positive-HI,
Negative-LO. The display
updates the reading.

50

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Cable Open Function
Background

Cable open function will be activated when capacitance
range is between 1nF and 10nF. It is required to proceed
to Cable Open function when capacitance is between 1nF
and 10nF in which test leads connected will result inmeasuring capacity in small scale.

Display

Range 1nF
or 10nF

Cable
Open (F3)

Activate cable open Connect test leads followed by pressing the F3
function(Cable Open) key to proceed to Cable Openfunction. The measured value will be rectified andreturned to zero as the figure shown below.

Connect the test
lead and measure

Follow the connection method of capacitancemeasurement to measure and obtain
precise-prone value.

Note

Except for 1nF/10nF, all are Not applicable to Cable
Open function.

51

DM2571 User Manual

Select Capacitance Range
Auto range

To turn the automatic range selection On/Off,press the Auto key.

Manual range

Press the “+” or the “-” key to select the range.
The Auto indicatorturns toindicating
Manual range selection. If the appropriate range
is unknown, select the highest range.
You can also press the F1 (Range) key to select a
range for the measurement.
Press the F1 to F5 key to select a desired range
for the measurement.
Press the F6 (More 1/2) key for next page withmore options as the figure shown below.

Selectable
Range
Capacitance Ranges 1nF

Resolution

Full scale

1pF

1.199nF

10nF

10pF

11.99nF

100nF

100pF

119.9nF

1μF

1nF

1.199μF

10μF

10nF

11.99μF

100μF

100nF

119.9μFNote

For further details, please see the specifications on page
353.

Note

The refresh rate settings and the EXT trigger cannot be
used in the capacitance mode.

52

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Temperature Measurement
Background

The DM2571 can measure temperature utilizing several
devices including Thermocouple, RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) as well as Thermistor. To measuretemperature, the DM2571 accepts a device input andcalculates the temperature from the voltage fluctuation.

Temperature

Thermocouple-200°C to +1820°C (vary by sensor types)

Range

RTD

-200°C to +630°C

Thermistor-80°C to +150°C

Activate
temperature
measurement

Press the TEMP key to activate
temperature measurement.

Temperature mode
display appears

Connect the test
lead and measure

Temperature

Indicates Temperature measurement+ 0214.552 °C

Indicates the exact measured value

T Couple

Indicates the active Probe

Type R

Indicates the active Type

Connect the sensor leadbetween the Input HI
terminal and the LO
terminal. The display
updates the reading.

53

DM2571 User Manual

General Temperature Setting
F2 (Speed) key
to select the rate

Press the F1 to F3 key to select the desired rate

F3 (Auto Zero)key to enable
Auto Zero

Background

Autozero provides the mostaccurate measurements, but requires
additional time to perform the zeromeasurement. With autozero
enabled (On), the DM2571
internally measures the offset
following each measurement. It thensubtracts that measurement fromthe preceding reading. This prevents
offset voltages present on theDM2571’s input circuitry from
affecting measurement accuracy.
With autozero disabled (Off), theDM2571 measures the offset onceand subtracts the offset from all
subsequent measurements.

Display

When turning On the Auto Zero, the display
shows an icon
indicating the Auto
Zero mode is currently being activated.

F4 (Unit) key toselect unit oftemperature

54

Press the F4 (Unit) key to enter the Temperature
Unit menu followed by clicking the F1 – F3 key tochoose desired temperature unit. See the figureshown below.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Thermocouple Sensor Type
Background

The DM2571 accepts thermocouple inputs and calculates
the temperature from the voltage difference of two
dissimilar metals. Thermocouple sensor type is one of
the main factors to be considered.

Parameter

Thermocouple
Sensor Type

Measurement
Range

ResolutionJ-210 to +1200˚C

0.002 °C

K-200 to +1372˚C

0.002 °C

N-200 to +1300˚C

0.003 °C

R

-50 to +1768˚C

0.01 °CS-50 to +1768˚C

0.01 °C

T-200 to +400°C

0.002 °C

B

+350 to +1820˚C

0.01 °C

E-200 to +1000°C

0.002 °C

Reference Junction Temperature (SIM Temperature)
Background(Thermocouple
only)

When a thermocouple is connected to the DM2571, thetemperature difference between the thermocouple leadand the DM2571 input terminal should be taken into
account and be cancelled out; otherwise an erroneoustemperature might be added. The value of the reference
junction temperature should be determined by the user.
Type

Range

ResolutionSIM(simulated)-20°C to +80°C

0.01°CThe terminal temperature is manually defined by user.
Default value: Auto55

DM2571 User Manual

Thermocouple Setting
Procedure

1. Press the F1 (Probe) key
to enter the Temperature
Probe menu followed by clicking the F1 (TCouple) key
to activate Thermocouple mode. See the figureshown below.

2. Press the F5 (Type) key
to enter the Sensor Typemenu as the figure shown below. Click the F1 – F5 key toselect a desired sensor type per situations.

3. Press the F6 (More 1/2) key
to enter the next
page with more sensor types available for selection.

4. Further press the F6 (Simulated) key
after
returning to the previous menu page. You can select either
the default fixed “23.00” or the “Auto” option for the so-called“Reference Junction Temperature” as following.

• When selecting “23.00” by F1 (23.00) key, the display
shows an icon
indicating the simulated baseline is
23°C.
• If choosing “Auto” by F2 (Auto) key, the subset menu
appears with additional option. Press the F3 (ADJ:+00.00) key
followed by inputting a desired parameter as thefollowing figure (+10 for example).

5. Press the F6 (Enter) key
or the Knob key
toconfirm the setting. The icon
appears on display
indicating the simulated 34.5 °C, which derives from the input
terminal temperature plus the defined +10 degrees. That is, theinput terminal temperature is 34.5 – 10 = 24.5 °C.

56

BASIC MEASUREMENT

RTD 2W/4W Setting
Background

The DM2571 supports 2 or 4 wire RTD. It is important tospecify the type of temperature sensor used.

Parameter

RTD type

Range

Resolution

All (based on PT100)-200 to 600°C

0.001°C

Procedure

1. Press the F1 (Probe) key
to enter the Temperature
Probe menu followed by clicking either the F2 (RTD 2W)
or F3 (RTD 4W) key
to activate RTD
2W/4W mode. See the figure shown below.

2. Press the F5 (Type) key
to enter the Sensor Type menu
as the figure shown below. Click the F1 – F5 key to select adesired sensor type per your requirement.

3. The display shows the latest setting. See the example of the
figure below where RTD 2W: PT100 is currently activated byuser.
Temperature
Measurement

Probe: RTD 2W
Type: PT100

R0 Value57

DM2571 User Manual

Set User Type of RTD 2W/4W
Background

The User Type allows any customized RTD sensor coefficientsto be used. The User Type is available for user to configure thealpha, beta, delta and R0 coefficients individually, as defined by
the Callendar–Van Dusen equation.
Type

Alpha (α)

Beta (β)

Delta (δ)

PT100

0.003850.108631.49990D100

0.00392

0.10630

1.49710F100

0.003900.11000

1.49589

PT385

0.003850.11100

1.50700

PT39160.00392

0.11600

1.50594

Coefficient

Equation-200°C to
0°C range-0°C to630°C range

OperateProcedure58

1. Press the F5 (Type) key
to enter the Sensor Typemenu followed by pressing the F6 (User) key
toactivate User Type.

BASIC MEASUREMENT

2. Press the F6 (User Type) key
to enter the User
Type Setup menu where α, β, δ and R0 coefficients can be
set up respectively.

3. Click the F1 (α:0.003850) key

to enter the RTD Alpha

Setup page as the figure shown below. Use the Left/Rightarrow keys to move cursor and scroll the Knob key or press
Number keys to enter the desired value.
α default: 0.00385
α range: 0 to 9.999999

4. Press the F6 (Enter) key
or the Knob key to confirm
the input α value and repeat the previous steps 2 - 4 to set
up the β (Beta), δ (Delta) and R0 coefficients individually.
β default: 00.10863, δ default: 1.49990, R0 default: 100β, δ range: 0 to 9.999999, R0 range: 80 to 120
RTD Beta Setup

RTD Delta Setup

RTD R0 Setup

5. After returning to the User Type Setup page, if necessary,press the F6 (PT100 DEF) key
to restore to thedefault coefficients’ setting based on the PT100 sensor type.

59

DM2571 User Manual

Thermistor 2W/4W Setting
Background

The DM2571 supports 2 or 4 wire Thermistor. It is importantto specify the type of temperature sensor used.

Parameter

Type

Range

Resolution

All-80 to 150°C

0.001°C

Procedure

1. Press the F1 (Probe) key toenter the Temperature
Probe menu followed by clicking either the F4 (Therm2W)
or F5 (Therm4W) key
to activate
Therm 2W/4W mode. See the figure shown below.

2. Press the F5 (Type) key
to enter the Sensor Typemenu as the figure shown below. Click the F1 – F3 key toselect a desired sensor type per your requirement.

3. The display shows the latest setting. See the example of the
figure below where Thermistor 2W: 10kΩ is currently
activated by user.
Temperature
Measurement

60

Probe: Therm2W
Type: 10kΩ

BASIC MEASUREMENT

Set User Type of Thermistor 2W/4W
Background

The User Type allows any customized Thermistor sensor
coefficients to be used. The User Type is available for user toconfigure the A, B and C coefficients individually as defined by
the Steinhart–Hart equation.
Type

A

B

C

2.2k

0.0014733

0.0002372

1.07E-075k0.0012880

0.0002356

9.56E-08

10k

0.0010295

0.0002391

1.57E-07

Coefficient

Equation

OperateProcedure

1. Press the F5 (Type) key
to enter the Sensor Typemenu followed by pressing the F4 (User) key
toactivate User Type.

2. Press the F6 (User Type) key
to enter the User
Type Setup menu where A, B, and C coefficients can be set up
respectively.

Click the F1 (A:1.2880E-03) key

to enter the
THERM A Setup page as the figure shown below. Use theLeft/Right arrow keys to move cursor and scroll the Knob
key or press Number keys to enter the desired value.
A range: 0 to 9.9999 (default: 1.2880E-03)

61

DM2571 User Manual

3. Press the F6 (Enter) key
or the Knob key
toconfirm the input α value and repeat the previous steps 2 - 4
to set up the B and C coefficients individually.
B range: 0 to 9.9999 (default :2.35600E-04)
C range: 0 to 9.9999 (default :9.55700E-08)
THERM B Setup

THERM C Setup

4. After returning to the User Type Setup page, if necessary,press the F6 (5 kΩ DEF) key
to restore to thedefault coefficients’ setting based on the 5 kΩ sensor type.

62

DUAL MEASUREMENTDUAL MEASUREMENT
Dual Measurement .................................................................. 64
Refresh Rate .......................................................................... 67
Connect the Test Leads........................................................... 68
The error influence on Dual Measurement (V & I)..................... 71

63

DM2571 User Manual

Dual Measurement
BackgroundThe dual measurement mode allows you to use the 2nd
display to show another item, thus viewing two different
measurement results at once.
When the multimeter is used in dual measurement mode,both displays are updated from either a single
measurement or from two separate measurements. If the
primary and secondary measurement modes have thesame range, rate and rely on the same fundamental
measurement, then a single measurement is taken forboth displays; such as ACV and frequency/period
measurements. If the primary and secondary displays use
different measurement functions, ranges or rates, thenseparate measurements will be taken for each display. For
example, ACV and DCV measurements.
Most of the basic measurement functions, except forresistance/continuity/diode/capacitance can be used in
the dual measurement mode.
The following table shows the available measurement
combinations.

Primary Display

Secondary Display
ACV

DCV

ACI

DCI

FREQ

Temp

ACV

X









X

DCV



X





X



ACI





X





X

DCI







X

X



FREQ



X



X

X

X

Note

When two different measurements are taken, there is aswitching delay between the first measurement and thesecond measurement.

64

DUAL MEASUREMENT
1st Measurement
item setting

Choose one of the basic
measurement functions from thetable above to set the measurementmode for the primary display.
For example, press DCV to set thefirst display to DCV measurement.

2nd Measurement
item setting

To set a measurement mode for the second display, press
the F6 (2ND) key and the 2ND Function options appear
subsequently.
For example, press the F2 (ACV) key to select ACV
measurement for the second display.

Display

1ST Display

Shows the DCV measurement

2ND Display

Shows the ACV measurement

in orange Indicates that 1ST display is thecurrently active display.
Editing 1st or 2nd
measurement item
settings

After the secondary measurement function has been
activated, the rate, range and measurement item can beedited for either the primary or secondary display. Note,however, it is more practical to configure the first or
second measurement items before activating dual
measurement mode.
To edit measurement parameters in dual measurementmode, you must first set which display is the active
display. The orange outline covering either 1ST or 2ND
icon indicates the active display.

65

DM2571 User Manual
1. Select active
display

Toggle the active display between
the 1ST and 2ND display bypressing the Knob key:
Primary display: 1ST highlighted inorange outline.
Secondary display: 2ND highlighted
in orange outline.

Display

1ST in active display:
2ND in active display:

2. Edit active
display settings

Edit the range, rate or measurement
item for the active display in thesame way as for single measurement
operation. See the Basic
Measurement on page 23 for details.

Turn Off 2nd
Measurement

To turn Off the 2ND measurement,
first toggle in 1ST active display
followed by pressing the F6 (2ND)
key. Click the F6 (OFF) key again todisable the 2ND measurement.

66

DUAL MEASUREMENT

Refresh Rate
Background

Refresh rate defines how frequently the DM2571
captures and updates measurement data. A faster refresh
rate yields a lower accuracy and resolution. A slower
refresh rate yields a higher accuracy and resolution.
Consider these tradeoffs when selecting the refresh rate.

Measurement Type Refresh Rate
5/s

20/s

60 (50)/s 100/s 400/s 1.2k/s

ACV/ACI

1/s

5/s

50/s

Frequency/Period

1s

100ms 10ms

Selection steps

1. Toggle the active display between the 1ST
and 2ND display by pressing the Knob
key until click.

DCV/DCI

2.4k/s 4.8k/s

7.2k/s 10k/s

2. Press the F2 (Speed) key to select adesired rate for measurement. Press thecorresponding function key (F1 – F5) inaccord with the desired option on screen
display. Also, press the F6 (More 1/2) key
to enter the next page with more options
when available.
3. The refresh rate will be shown at the left
side of each display. See the figure below
shown.

1ST Display
Refresh Rate

2ND Display
Refresh Rate

67

DM2571 User Manual
Reading
Indicator

The reading indicator
flashes according to the definedrefresh rate setting of the active display.

Reading
Indicator

Connect the Test Leads

Connect the test
leads and measure

Voltage andFrequency/Period
Measurement

68

When using the dual measurement function, theconnection method and number of test leads required
depends on the measurement combination. Use theconnect diagrams below as guide when taking dual
measurements.

DUAL MEASUREMENT
Voltage/Frequency/
Period and Current
Measurement

Note

DC Current measurements will be displayed as anegative value as the polarity of the current leads has
been reversed.
Please take into account the resistance of the test leads
and internal resistance of the current connection as it
is in series with the test circuit.
The above measuring configuration is used to measure
the voltage present on the resistance under test and thecurrent through the resistance under test when using
the DCI/DCV or ACI/ACV dual measurement
function.
When dual measurement (DCI/DCV or ACI/ACV) is
underway, the input impedance will change, thus
resulting in load deviation due to the fluctuation ofdifferent measuring range.

DC Voltage andTemperature
Measurement(Sense HI/LO connects
to K-Type +/-, whilst
Input HI/LO connects
DCV source)69

DM2571 User Manual
DC Current andTemperature
Measurement(Sense HI/LO connects
to K-Type +/-, whilst
Input 3A/LO connects
DCI source)

70

DUAL MEASUREMENT

The error influence on Dual Measurement (V & I)
Background

While dual measurement of voltage and current is being
executed, the route from DMM internal circuit to the
LO terminal circuit for measuring voltage is totally
identical with that for measuring current, and thus theresistor within the route is commonly shared by the two
measuring circuits. While measuring current, the resistor
within the circuit will generate a voltage drop. When theinternal resistor of LO terminal is added to the externalload resistor within the circuit, the accuracy of voltage
reading will be influenced.

Diagram

DMM INPUT
HI
Rline

LO

Rshunt

3A

Fuse

Rline

ExampleVs = Voltage source
RLoad = Load under test
Rint = Current terminal total impedance containing
Rline
Rline
Rshunt + Fuse + Rline+ RlineWhen different current range for measurement isselected, Rshunt will vary accordingly.
For example,
Vs = 10V, Rload = 10 Ω, Vs = 10V, Rload = 10 Ω
If the total impedance passing through current
terminal is Rint = 0.5Ω, the ideal measured voltage willbe 10V regardless of impact on load from voltmeter
input impedance. The calculation for actual measured
10 Ω
value is 10 V×(10 Ω+0.5 Ω) = 9.52381 V ,Rint
Error(%) = (Rload+Rint) × 100, this error isapplicable to not only DC but AC measurement as
well. The influence will be probably more serious
depending on varied actual conditions.

71DM2571 User Manual72

ADVANCED MEASUREMENTADVANCED
MEASUREMENT
Advanced Measurement Overview ........................................... 74
Relative Value Measurement ................................................... 75
Hold Measurement .................................................................. 77
Trigger Setting ........................................................................ 80
Automatic/Single Triggering .................................................... 80
Use External Trigger ............................................................... 81
Set Trigger Delay .................................................................... 84
Filter Setting ........................................................................... 86
Digital Filter Overview ............................................................. 86
Digital Filter Setting ................................................................ 87
Math Measurement ................................................................. 89
dBm/dB/Watt Measurement ..................................................... 89
Compare Mode ....................................................................... 99
MX+B Measurement................................................................ 105
1/X Measurement .................................................................... 108
Measure Percent .................................................................... 110

73

DM2571 User Manual

Advanced Measurement Overview
Background

Advanced measurement mainly refers to the type ofmeasurement which uses the result obtained by one of thebasic measurements: ACV, DCV, ACI, DCI, 2/4W,
Diode/Continuity, Frequency/Period, and Temperature.

Advanced
Measurement

Basic Measurement
AC/DC AC/DCI 2/4W
V

Hz/P

TEMP

Relative











—

—

Hold











—

—

Trigger













—

Filter











—

—

dB



—

—

—

—

—

—

dBm



—

—

—

—

—

—

Compare











—

—

MX+B











—

—

1/X











—

—

Percent











—

—

74

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Relative Value Measurement
Applicable to
Background

Relative measurement stores a value, typically the data at the moment,
as the reference. The following measurement is shown as the delta
between the references. The reference value will be cleared upon exit.
REL, basically, is to subtract a certain value in the following
measurement. The value is fixed and remains its effect even user exits
and returns back to this function again.
One of the most seen purposes of REL is to eliminate impedance oftest lead from measurement. Before operating impedance
measurement, short circuit the test lead followed by pressing the[REL] button. For other measurements, press the [REL] button after
putting test lead in a null circuit.
Alternatively, user can modify the value by pressing the [REL#]
button followed by using the knob or number keys to enter a
specified value. Press the [REL] button again to disable null
operation.

Activate
Relativemeasurement

Press the REL key. The measurement
reading at the moment becomes thereference value.

Relativemeasurement
display appears

Indicator Relative
Measurement

REL Delta Value
Relative
Reference Value

REL

Indicates Relative value measurement

REL: +000.5711mV

Shows the stored reference value+000.2653

Shows the delta between the current
measurement data and the reference value75

DM2571 User Manual
Manually set the To set the reference (REL) value manually,reference value press the Shift key followed by the REL key.

The setting appears.

First use function keys to decide unit value.
Then use the Left/Right arrow keys to move
cursor and scroll the Knob key or press
Number keys to enter the desired value.
Press the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key
until click to confirm the relative value
setting.

Deactivate
Relativemeasurement76

To cancel the Relative measurement, press
the REL key again, or simply activate
another measurement.

orADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Hold Measurement
Applicable to
Background

The Hold Measurement function retains the current
measurement data and updates it only when it exceeds the set
threshold (as a percentage of the retained value).

Activate Hold Press the Hold key to activate Hold
measurement measurement.
Holdmeasurement
display appears

Indicator Hold
Measurement

The Latest
Hold Value

Hold

Indicates Hold measurement+000.6801 mVDC

Shows the latest hold valueEnter holdsettings

Press the Shift + Hold key to activate detailed
setting menu of Hold mode as the figure
below.

F5 (Percent)
key to define
thresholdPress the F5 (Percent) key to show the setting
menu of Hold Percent as the figure below.
Press F1 to F4 key to select desired holdpercent. For example, once the measured
value is beyond 10%, which corresponds tothe selected 10% option here, the latest holdvalue will be updated on the main reading.
77DM2571 User Manual
F4 (BeepVol)
key to define
beep volume

Press the F4 (BeepVol) key to show the menu
of Volume level of Beep as the following.
Press the F2 - F4 key to select volume level.
Once the latest hold value is updated, thebeep sounds based on the defined volume.
Press the F1 key to set Beep volume off.

F2 (MathDisp) Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show the
key to show
option menu as the figure below shown.
STAT & Math

Proceed to the F2 (STAT) or F3 (Math)display in accord with the following
chapters.

Show STAT
result78

Background The STAT page in MathDisp allows you to makestatistical calculations for several measurements
including Minimum, Maximum, Average
Peak-Peak, Standard Deviation and Count.
Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show thestatistical data immediately as the figure below.

View Data-000.9716
mVDC

Indicates the latest hold value

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviation of the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of hold

ADVANCED MEASUREMENTShow MathresultBackground The Math page in MathDisp allows you to view
mathematical calculations for several parameters.
Operation

View Data

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show themathematical analysis instantly as below.

+000.7098
mVDC

Indicates the latest hold value

Measure:+000.7326mV

Indicates the originally measured mVvalue

5 hold values inblue

Indicates the latest 5 counts of holdvaluesF6 (HoldValue) Press the F6 (HoldValue) key to simply
key to restart Restart the hold value.

79DM2571 User Manual

Trigger Setting
Automatic/Single Triggering
Applicable toAutomatic
triggering(default)

By default, the DM2571 triggers according to the refresh rate
automatically. See the previous page for refresh rate setting
details. The figure below shows the screen of Automatic
Trigger measurement.
Auto Trigger Mode

Singletriggering

Press the TRIG key to Single trigger
measurement. See below for details.
Single Trigger Mode

80

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Change mode • Under Single Trigger mode, press and hold the

TRIG button for at least 2 second to return toAuto Trigger mode.

• Under Auto Trigger mode, simply press the
TRIG button to return to Single Trigger mode.

Use External Trigger
Background The DM2571 uses the internal trigger by default, for example tocount the frequency and the period. Using an external trigger
allows customized triggering conditions.

Signalconnection

Connect the external trigger signal to the Digital I/O port
located on the rear panel.
DB-9, female

Digital I/O
pin
assignment81

DM2571 User Manual
Activate
external
triggerPress the Shift + TRIG key to activate setting
menu of trigger.
Press the F1 (TrigSource) key to enter thetrigger source menu followed by pressing theF3 (EXT) to select External Trigger mode.
The “EXT” indicator appears on the display.
External Trigger Mode

Set sample
count

1. Under the setting menu of trigger, press
the F2 (SampCount) key to enter theensuing setting of Sample Count. Use theLeft/Right arrow keys to move cursor andscroll the Knob key or press Number keys
to enter the desired counts.

2. Push the Knob key (Enter) or press the F6(Enter) key to confirm the input value.

or

Range: 1 to 1,000,000
Set Trigger
SignalBackground When utilizing external trigger, select either
positive or negative terminal as the main trigger
source in light of the actual applications.
Press the F5 (TrigSignal) key to toggle between
Positive and Negative mode for Trigger Signal.

82

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Set EOM
OUT

Background It indicates EOM (End Of Measurement) output
signal. Select Positive or Negative as the output
signal for extension applications when necessary.
Press the F6 (EOM OUT) key to toggle
between Positive and Negative mode for EOM
OUT setting.

Reading
indicator

The reading indicatordoes not flash before triggering (canbe on or off). After triggering, the indicator flashes according to
the external signal trigger timing.

Exit
external
triggerPress the F1 (TrigSource) key to reenter the
TrigSource menu followed by pressing the F1(Auto) or the F2 (Single) key to switch to othertrigger modes.
Alternatively, it is viable to simply click the
TRIG button to change to Trig:SIN mode or
click and hold the TRIG button for 2 seconds
to enter the Trig:Auto mode.

83DM2571 User Manual

Set Trigger Delay
Background

Trigger delay defines the time delay between triggering andmeasurement start. The default is set at 200us.

Manualtrigger delay

1. Press the Shift + TRIG key to activate
setting menu of trigger.

2. Press the F3 (1ST Delay) key to enter the
Trigger Delay (1ST) menu. The Trigger
Delay setting appears as the figure below.
Note: the F4 (2ND Delay) key is only available
when 2ND measurement is activated.

3. Press the F4 (AutoDelay) key to switch
to the manual delay time setting.

4. Use F1 – F3 keys to decide unit value.
Then use the Left/Right arrow keys tomove cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number keys to enter the desired
value.
5. Push the Knob key (Enter) or press theF6 (Enter) key to confirm the input
value.
Range: 0 to 3600s, 1us resolution

84

orADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Auto trigger 1. Repeat the steps 1 – 2 of manual trigger
delay
delay first, and press the F4 (AutoDelay)

key to switch the display as the following.
2. Press the ESC key to return to theprevious page and have the auto trigger
delay setting take effect. The 1ST display
will be shown like the following figure.

85

DM2571 User Manual

Filter Setting
Digital Filter Overview
Applicable toFilter basics

The DM2571 internal digital filter converts the analog
input signal into digital format before passing it tointernal circuits for processing. The filter affects theamount of noise included in the measurement result.

Filter typeThe digital filter averages a specific number of input
signal samples to generate one reading. The filter typedefines the averaging method. The following diagrams
highlight the differences between the Moving and
Repeating filter using 4 samples per reading.
Moving(default)

The Moving filter takes in one new
sample and discards the oldest sample
per reading. This is the default behavior
when the digital filter is not specified,and is recommended for mostapplications.
3rd reading Sample 3 - 6
2nd reading Sample 2 - 5
1st reading Sample 1 - 4

Sample #1

Repeating

2

3

4

5

86

7

8

9

10 11 12The Repeating filter renews a wholegroup of samples per reading. Thismethod is recommended when using
the optional scanner.
1st reading
Sample 1 - 4

Sample #

6

1

2

3

2nd reading
Sample 5 - 8
4

5

6

7

8

3rd reading
Sample 9 - 129

10 11 12

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Filter countFilter count defines the number of samples to beaveraged per reading. More samples offer low noise but
a long delay. Less samples offer high noise but a shortdelay.
Range

Filter window

2 to 100

Filter window defines the threshold for when the digital
filter data is updated again. When the AD data falls in therange between TH and TL, the filter keeps processing.
When the AD data falls out of the range between TH
and TL, the filter will restart. When measuring unstablesignals, appropriately setting the filter window can
improve the measurement speed.
AD dataRestart Filter

RestartTH
TL

FilterTH

Filter

TL

TH
TL

Time

TH: Threshold High, TL: Threshold Low
Filter window
FormulaMeasure:Previous Meas*(1-window)< threshold< Previous
Meas*(1+window).
Range:
Previous Measure + (Range * window)< threshold<Previous Measure + (Range * window)
There are 5 windows range settings that can be chosen:
10%, 1%, 0.1%, 0.01% and none

Digital Filter Setting
Filtersetting

Press the Shift key + Menu (Filter) key. The Filter
setting menu shows as the figure below.

87DM2571 User Manual
Selectdisplay

Press the F1 (Setup) key to toggle between the
1ST and the 2ND measurement to be setup for
filter setting.
Note: only when 2ND measurement is enabled,
you are able to toggle options here. Otherwise,
only the 1ST is available for setup.

Turn onfilterPress the F2 (Filter) key to turn On or Off filter
function. The Filter indicator appears on thedisplay.
Indicator Filter On

If refresh rate >= 7.2k/s, the filter function will
be disabled.
Press the F3 (FilterType) key to enter theChoosefilter type subsequent menu. Press the F1 or F2 keys toselect desired filter type.

Definefiltercount

Press the F4 (FilterCount) key to enter thesubsequent menu. Use the Left/Right arrow keys
to move cursor and scroll Knob key or press
Number keys to enter the desired value.
Press the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key until
click to confirm the filter count settings.
Range: 2 to100

Set filter
window
method88

Select the Filter Window Method by clicking theF5 (WinMethod) key. The display changes
accordingly as the figure below shown. Press theF1 or F2 keys to choose desired Filter Window
Method.

orADVANCED MEASUREMENT
DefinefilterwindowPress the F6 (Window) key to enter thesubsequent menu. Press the F1 – F5 keys tochoose desired Filter Window percentage.
Range

Turn off
Filter

0.01%, 0.1%, 1%, 10%, None

Press the Shift key + the Menu (Filter) key. Press
the F2 (Filter) key to turn Off Filter function.
The Filter indicator will disappear from display.

Math Measurement
Applicable to
Background

Math measurement runs 6 types of mathematicaloperations, dBm, dB, Compare, MX+B, 1/X and Percent,based on the other measurement results.

Math EquationdBm

10 x log10 (1000 x Vreading2 / Rref)dB

dBm – dBmref

CompareChecks and updates if measurement data
stays between the specified upper (high)and lower (low) limit.

MX+B

Multiplies the reading (X) by the factor (M)and adds/subtracts offset (B).

1/X

Divides 1 by the reading (X).

Percentage

Runs the following equation.
(ReadingX – Reference)
Referencex 100%

dBm/dB/Watt Measurement
Applicable to89

DM2571 User Manual
Background

Using the ACV or DCV measurement result, theDM2571 calculates the dBm, dB or Watt value based on areference resistance value in the following way.

EquationdBm

10 x log10 (1000 x Vreading2 / Rref)dB

dBm – dBmref

Watt

Vreading2/Rref

Vreading

Input Voltage, ACV or DCV

Rref

Reference resistance simulating an output
load

dBmref

Reference dBm value

Parameters

Measure dBm/Watt
Applicable toEquationdBm

10 x log10 (1000 x Vreading2 / Rref)

Watt

Vreading2/Rref

Parameters

Vreading

Input Voltage, ACV or DCV

Activate dBm

Press the Shift key + Math key toactivate Math setting menu as thefollowing figure shown.

Rref (REF Ω) Reference resistance simulating an output load

Further press the F1 (Function) key
to enter the Math Function menu as
the figure shown below.
Press F3 (dBm) key to enable thedBm function. The screen, after
activation, will appear as figure below.

90

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Indicator dBm On

MeasureddBm Value

Select reference To change the reference resistance,
resistance (REF press the F3 (REF Ω) key to enter theΩ)setting menu. Scroll the Knob key orpress Number keys to enter thedesired value of reference resistance.

Push the Knob key (Enter) or press
the F6 (Enter) key to confirm the
input reference resistance.
Resistance List

View result in
Watt

or

2

4

8

16

50

75

93

110

124

125

135

150

250

300

500

600

800

900

1000

1200

8000

When the reference resistance is less than50Ω, it is possible to calculate the watt value.
If the reference resistance is greater than 50Ω,
please ignore this step.
To calculate the Watt power, press the F1(Function) key followed by clicking the F3(dBm) key again.

91

DM2571 User Manual
Watt result
appears

F2 (MathDisp) key Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show theto show STAT &Math Display menu as the figure below
Mathshown. Proceed to the F2 (STAT) or F3(Math) display in accord with thefollowing chapters.

Show STAT result

92

Background

The STAT page in MathDisp allows you tomake statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.

Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show
the statistical data immediately as the figure
below.

View Data+00.00000 W

Indicates the latest W value

Minimum

Indicates the minimum datavalue

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data
value

Average

Indicates the mean (average)
value

ADVANCED MEASUREMENTShow Math result

Deactivate
dBm/dBWmeasurement

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviationof the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts ofdBm

Background

The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.

Operation

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show
the mathematical analysis instantly as
below.

View Data+00.00000 dBW

Indicates the latest dBW value

Measure:+000.0006V

Indicates the originallymeasured Voltage value

RefΩ

Indicates the defined referenceΩ value.

To cancel the dBm/dBW measurement, press
the F1 (Function) key followed by clicking F1(OFF) key to deactivate or simply activate
another measurement.

Measure dB
Applicable toEquationdB

dBm – dBmrefdBm

10 x log10 (1000 x Vreading2 / Rref)

Parameters

dBmref

Reference dBm value

93DM2571 User Manual
BackgrounddB is, specifically, defined as [dBm−dBmref]. When thedB measurement is activated, the DM2571 calculates thedBm using the reading at the first moment and stores it
as dBmref.

Activate dB

Press the Shift + Math key toactivate Math setting menu as thefollowing figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key
to enter the Math Function menu as
the figure shown below.
Press F2 (dB) key to enable the dB
function. The screen, after activation,
will appear as figure below.

dB result appears

Indicator dB On

MeasureddB Value

F3 (REF Ω) to
select reference
resistance

To change the reference resistance,press the F3 (REF Ω) key to enter thesetting menu. Scroll the Knob key orpress Number keys to enter thedesired value of reference resistance.

Push the F6 (Enter) key or theKnob key (Enter) to confirm the
input reference resistance.

94

orADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Resistance List

2

4

8

16

50

75

93

110

124

125

135

150

250

300

500

600

800

900

1000

1200

8000

F4 (Ref Method) Reference method involves the ways toto select dB
calculate dB value. When dBm option isreference method selected, user can specify a definite dBm value

for dB calculation. If selecting Voltage
option, system regards the defined voltage
value as the Vreading parameter for dBm
calculation, thus resulting in different dBvalue than the previous option.
Press the F4 (RefMethod) key to enter the dB
Ref Method menu followed by clicking theF1 (Voltage) or F2 (dBm) key to determine
which method of calculation to proceed to.

F5 (Ref Value) to In order to define either voltage or dBm
define reference reference value, both of which arevalue (voltage or corresponding to the previous F4 (RefdBm)
Method) option, press the F5 (Ref Value) toenter the dB Ref Value menu, and use theLeft/Right arrow keys to move cursor
followed by scrolling the Knob key orpressing Number keys to enter the desired
Ref value. Press the F6 (Enter) key or Knob
key to confirm the input value.
Note: when setting voltage Ref value, press
the function keys to promptly define the unit.

95

DM2571 User Manual
F6 (Ref Value) key Press the F6 (Ref Value_Current) key toto set the dBm
instantly make the current dBm value, which isreferencecalculated by the current input voltage withthe equation, as the Ref dBm (dBm reference).
F2 (MathDisp) key Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show theto show STAT &option menu as the figure below shown.
MathProceed to the F2 (STAT) or F3 (Math)display in accord with the following
chapters.

96

ADVANCED MEASUREMENTShow STAT result

Background The STAT page in MathDisp allows you tomake statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.
Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show thestatistical data immediately as the figure
below.

View Data-10.28281 dB

Indicates the calculated dB value

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviationof the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of db

97

DM2571 User ManualShow Math result

Deactivate dB
measurement

98

Background The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.
Operation

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show
the mathematical analysis instantly as below.

View Data-012.1597 dB

Indicates the calculated dB value

Measure:+000.7479mV

Indicates the originally measured
m Voltage value

Ref Ω: 0002 Ω

Indicates the defined reference
resistance value

Ref Voltage:+003.0330mV

Indicates the measured reference
voltage value

Ref dBm:-023.3727

Indicates the measured referencedBm value

To cancel the dB measurement, press the F1(Function) key followed by clicking F1 (OFF)to deactivate or simply activate anothermeasurement.

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Compare Mode
Applicable to
Background

The Compare mode checks and updates if measurement data
stays between the specified upper (high) and lower (low) limit.

Activate
Comparemode

Press the Shift + Math key to activate Mathsetting menu as the following figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key to enter
the Math Function menu as the figureshown below.
Press F4 (Compare) key to enable theCompare function. The screen, after
activation, will appear as figure below.
Indicator Compare On

Press the F6 (High Limit) key to enter theF6 (High
Limit) to set setting menu.
high limit
First use the functions keys to determine theunit, which varies by different measuremodes. Then use the Left/Right arrow keys
to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number Keys to enter the desired
value of high limit.
99

DM2571 User Manual

Push the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key(Enter) to make the setting into effect.

orPress the F5 (Low Limit) key to enter theF5 (Low
Limit) to set setting menu.
low limit
First use the functions keys to determine theunit, which varies by different measuremodes. Then use the Left/Right arrow keys
to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number Keys to enter the desired
value of low limit.
Push the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key(Enter) to make the setting into effect.

F3(BeepMode)to define
beep modeor

Press the F3 (BeepMode) key to enter the beepmode setting. By enabling beep mode, user canbe aware of the latest state promptly by beep
voice.
The display shows as the figure below. Press
the F2 (Pass) or F3 (Fail) key to determine thecondition of beep alarm.

orPress the F1 (Off) key to disable beep mode.

F4 (BeepVol) Press the F4 (BeepVol) key to enter the beep
to select beep volume setting.
volumeSelect the intensity of beep volume via pressing
F1 – F3 key for desired level as the figure shown
below.

oror

100

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT
Comparemode result

When the measured result is within the range of high and low
limit, the display shows as the figure below with purely black
background indicating the state of “Pass”.

However, when measured result is either above or less thanthe limit range, the display appears as the figure below withboldly red background indicating the state of “Fail”.

See the contents below for more details of each state incompare modeHigh

If the compare result is High, the relative pins ofdigital I/O port in action are as the follows.
Digital I/O: FAIL Out (Pin 6) and HIGH Limit
FAIL Out (Pin 7) are activated.

Low

If the compare result is Low, the relative pins ofdigital I/O port in action are as the follows.
Digital I/O: FAIL Out (Pin 6) and LOW Limit FAIL
Out (Pin 8) are activated.

Pass

If the compare result is Pass, the relative pin ofdigital I/O port in action is as the follows.
Digital I/O: PASS Out (Pin 5) is activated.

101

DM2571 User Manual

Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show theF2 (MathDisp)
key to show STAT, Math Display menu as the figure below
Math &
shown. Proceed to the F2 (STAT), F3
Math+STAT(Math) or F4 (Math+STAT) display inaccord with the following chapters.

Show STAT
resultShow Mathresult102

Background

The STAT page in MathDisp allows you
to make statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.

Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show
the statistical data as the figure below.

View Data+000.4835 Indicates the currently measured
mVDC
mVDC value

Background

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviation of
the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of compare

The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Operation

View DataShow
Math+STAT
resultPress the F3 (Math) key
to show themathematical analysis as the figure below.

+000.5625
mVDC

Indicates the currently measured
mVDC value

Low Limit

Indicates the defined low limit

Low Fail

Indicates the counts of below
the defined low limit

High Limit

Indicates the defined high limit

High Fail

Indicates the counts of above
the defined high limit

Background

The Math+STAT page in MathDisp
allows you to view data from both
statistical calculations and mathematicalanalysis.

Operation

Press the F4 (Math+STAT) key
to show the hybrid page ofMath & STAT instantly as figure below.

View Data+0.001003 VDC Indicates the currently
measured mVDC value
Blue Section

It is identical to the contentsof STAT display. Refer to theprevious chapter for details.

103

DM2571 User Manual
Red Section

Comparelive-result in
MathDisp

It is identical to the contentsof Math display. Refer to theprevious chapter for details.

The latest state of compare measurement, whether it’s
“Pass”, “High” or “Low”, will also appear within eachmode of MathDisp. See the example below for the “High”
result in Math+STAT mode.

The boldly red background along with the indicator“HIGH” within the display means the compare result isover the range of defined high limit.
Digital I/O

The Compare measurement result
comes out from the rear panel
Digital I/O terminal. For theterminal details, see page 113.

Deactivate
Comparemeasurement

To cancel the Compare measurement, press theF1 (Function) key followed by clicking F1(OFF) to deactivate or simply activate anothermeasurement.

104

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

MX+B Measurement
Applicabl
e toActivate
MX+B

Press the Shift + Math key to activate Mathsetting menu as the following figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key to enter the
Math Function menu as the figure shown
below.
Press F5 (MX+B) key to enable the MX+B
function. The screen, after activation, will appear
as figure below.
Indicator MX+B On

MX+B
Calculation

Press the F3 (M Value) key to enter the MX+B
F3 (MValue) key M Value menu. First use function keys toto set the decide unit value, which may vary by different
factor M measurements. Then use the Left/Right arrow

keys to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number keys to enter the desired value.
See the figure below.

orPress the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key until
click to confirm the input M value.

105

DM2571 User Manual

Press the F4 (B Value) key to enter the setting
F4 (BValue) key menu. First use function keys to decide unit
to set the value, which may vary by different
offset B
measurements. Then use the Left/Right arrow

keys to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number keys to enter the desired value.
See the figure below.

orPress the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key until
click to confirm the input B value.
F2 (MathDisp) Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show the option
key to showmenu as the figure below shown.
STAT & Math

Proceed to the F2 (STAT) or F3 (Math) display
in accord with the following chapters.

Show STAT
resultBackground The STAT page in MathDisp allows you tomake statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum, Maximum,
Average Peak-Peak, Standard Deviation andCount.
Operation

View Data

106

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show thestatistical data immediately as the figure below.

+0.999999
kVDC

Indicates the currently MX+B calculating
resultMinimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

ADVANCED MEASUREMENTShow MathresultDeactivate
MX+B
measureSTDEVIndicates the standard deviation of the
data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of MX+B

Background The Math page in MathDisp allows you to view
mathematical calculations for several
parameters.
Operation

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show themathematical analysis instantly as below.

View Data+0.999999
kVDC

Indicates the currently MX+B
calculating result

Measure:+000.9389mV

Indicates the originally measured m
Voltage value

M Value

Indicates the defined M value

B Value

Indicates the defined B value

To cancel the MX+B measurement, press theF1 (Function) key followed by clicking F1(OFF) key to deactivate or simply activate
another measurement.

107

DM2571 User Manual

1/X Measurement
Applicabl
e toActivate
1/X

Press the Shift + Math key to activate Mathsetting menu as the following figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key to enter the
Math Function menu as the figure shown below.
Press F6 (More 1/2) key to enter the next page
followed by pressing the F1 (1/X) key. The 1/X
function will be activated as the figure below.
Indicator 1/X On

The Measured 1/X Value

F2 (MathDisp) key Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show
to show STAT &the Math Display menu as the figureMathbelow shown. Proceed to the F2(STAT) or F3 (Math) display in accord
with the following chapters.

Show STAT result

108

Background The STAT page in MathDisp allows you tomake statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Operation

View Data

Show Math result+01.50367 k

Indicates the 1/X calculation

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviation of
the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of 1/X

Background The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.
Operation

View Data

Deactivate 1/X
measurement

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show
the statistical data as the figure below.

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show themathematical analysis as the figure below.

+02.15782k

Indicates the 1/X calculation

Measure:+000.4634

Indicates the originallymeasured m Voltage value

To cancel the 1/X measurement, press the F1(Function) key followed by clicking the F1(OFF) key to deactivate or simply activate
another measurement.
109

DM2571 User Manual

Measure Percent
Applicabl
e toActivate
percent

Press the Shift + Math key to activate Mathsetting menu as the following figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key to enter
the Math Function menu as the figure shown
below.
Press F6 (More 1/2) key to enter the next
page followed by pressing the F2 (Percent)key. Percent function will be activated as thefollowing figure shown.
Indicator Percent On

The Measured Percent Value

F3 (REF %) Press the F3 (REF %) key to enter the
key to set Percent REF % menu. First use the functions
reference keys to determine the unit, which may vary by%different measure modes. Then use theLeft/Right arrow keys to move cursor andscroll the Knob key or press Number keys toenter the desired value. See the figure below.

110

ADVANCED MEASUREMENT

Push the Knob key (Enter) or press the F6(Enter) key to confirm the input value.

or

F2 (MathDisp) key Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show theto show STAT &option menu as the figure below shown.
MathProceed to the F2 (STAT) or F3 (Math)display in accord with the following
chapters.

Show STAT result

Show Math result

Background The STAT page in MathDisp allows you tomake statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.
Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show
the statistical data immediately as the figure
below.

View Data+040.6525

Indicates the Percent calculation

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviation of
the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of Percent

Background The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.
111

DM2571 User Manual

Operation

View Data

Deactivate
percent
measurement

112

Press the F3 (Math) key
to show
the mathematical analysis instantly as
below.

-017.3037

Indicates the Percent calculation

Measure:+000.4886mV

Indicates the originally measured
m Voltage value

Ref %:+000.5908m

Indicates the definedreference % value

To cancel the percent measurement, press theF1 (Function) key followed by clicking F1(OFF) to deactivate or simply activate anothermeasurement.

DIGITAL I/O

DIGITAL I/O
Digital I/O Overview ................................................................ 114
Application: Compare Mode .................................................... 116
Application: 4094 / User Mode ................................................. 123
User Mode – IO (Output) Mode ............................................... 123
User Mode – Switch Mode (LED) ............................................. 125
User Mode – Switch Mode (Relay) ........................................... 127
4094 Mode ............................................................................. 129
Application: External Trigger ................................................... 131

113

DM2571 User Manual

Digital I/O Overview
Background The Digital I/O port is a triple function port. By default(Compare Mode) the port is used with the compare function to
output Hi Fail, Lo Fail, Pass, and EOM (end of measurement)
signals. In addition, there is also a TRIG IN input pin.
As a secondary function (4094 Mode) and third function (UserMode), the Digital I/O port can have the output state of pins
5 to 8 controlled via remote control.
By providing separate VCC power for the terminal, the outputs
can also be used as a power source for TTL and CMOS
circuits.

RelatedCommands

DIGital:INTerface:MODE ?
DIGital:INTerface:MODE {COMP|4094|IO}
DIGital:INTerface:DATA:OUTPut (For 4094 Mode)
DIGital:INTerface:DATA:SETup (For User Mode)

Connector type: DB-9
Pin
Assignment female

114

Pin No Compare Mode 4094 Mode

User Mode1

VCC Out

VCC Out

VCC Out2

Flyback Diode

Flyback Diode Flyback Diode3

Digital Ground

Digital Ground Digital Ground4

External Trigger External Trigger External Trigger In
In
In

DIGITAL I/O

5

Pass Out

Clock

OUT1

6

Fail Out

Output Enable OUT2

7

High Limit Fail
Out

StrobeOUT38

Low Limit Fail
Out

Serial Input

OUT4

9

EOM Out

EOM Out

EOM Out

Pin1

VCC output, 5V. Serves as the unregulated max powersource for the external device/logic.
The maximum current is 100mA.

Pin2

Flyback Diode. Connect to VCC or External powersource.

Pin3

Digital (chassis) Ground.

Pin4

External Trigger Input. Accepts external trigger
signals. For using external signals.
Pins 3-4 output
wiring diagram

Pin5-8 Pin 5-8 are designed as composite pins, which can be

specified by user for diversified functions as follows:
Compare/4094/User Mdoe
Refer to the page 116 for details of Compare Mode,and the page 123 for details of 4094/User Mode.
Pins 5-8 output
wiring diagram115

DM2571 User Manual
Pin9

EOM (End Of Measurement) signal Output.
Activates when compare measurement is over.
It is also available in other measurements.
EOM pulse
width timing

Application: Compare Mode
Applicable to
Background

The Compare Mode outputs the pass/fail results of theCompare function. Each signal is an active low signal. In
addition, an active low pulse of approximately 2µs is output toindicate the end of compare measurement (EOM).
When the input signal exceeds the high threshold or the low
threshold, the High Fail or Low Fail pin is pulled low. Whenthe signal stays within the threshold levels, the Pass pin ispulled low.

Pin
Assignment

116

Pin NoCompare Mode

Description

1

VCC Out

Option(Vcc)

2

Flyback DiodeNo Use3

Digital Ground

GND

5

Pass

Out

6

Fail

Out

7

High Limit FailOut

8

Low Limit FailOutDIGITAL I/O
Activate
Comparemode

Press the Shift + Math key to activate Mathsetting menu as the following figure shown.
Further press the F1 (Function) key to enter
the Math Function menu as the figureshown below.
Press F4 (Compare) key to enable theCompare function. The screen, after
activation, will appear as figure below.
Indicator Compare On

Press the F6 (High Limit) key to enter theF6 (High
Limit) to set setting menu.
high limit
First use the functions keys to determine theunit, which varies by different measuremodes. Then use the Left/Right arrow keys
to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number Keys to enter the desired
value of high limit.
Push the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key(Enter) to make the setting into effect.

or

117

DM2571 User Manual

Press the F5 (Low Limit) key to enter theF5 (Low
Limit) to set setting menu.
low limit
First use the functions keys to determine theunit, which varies by different measuremodes. Then use the Left/Right arrow keys
to move cursor and scroll the Knob key orpress Number Keys to enter the desired
value of low limit.
Push the F6 (Enter) key or the Knob key(Enter) to make the setting into effect.

F3(BeepMode)to define
beep modeor

Press the F3 (BeepMode) key to enter the beepmode setting. By enabling beep mode, user can beaware of the latest state promptly by beep voice.
The display shows as the figure below. Press theF2 (Pass) or F3 (Fail) key to determine thecondition of beep alarm.

orPress the F1 (Off) key to disable beep mode.

F4 (BeepVol) Press the F4 (BeepVol) key to enter the beep
to select beep volume setting.
volumeSelect the intensity of beep volume via pressing
F1 – F3 key for desired level as the figure shown
below.

oror

118

DIGITAL I/O
Comparemode result

When the measured result is within the range of high and low
limit, the display shows as the figure below with purely black
background indicating the state of “Pass”.

However, when measured result is either above or less thanthe limit range, the display appears as the figure below withboldly red background indicating the state of “Fail”.

See the contents below for more details of each state incompare modeHigh

If the compare result is High, the relative pins ofdigital I/O port in action are as the follows.
Digital I/O: FAIL Out (Pin 6) and HIGH Limit
FAIL Out (Pin 7) are activated.

Low

If the compare result is Low, the relative pins ofdigital I/O port in action are as the follows.
Digital I/O: FAIL Out (Pin 6) and LOW Limit FAIL
Out (Pin 8) are activated.

Pass

If the compare result is Pass, the relative pin ofdigital I/O port in action is as the follows.
Digital I/O: PASS Out (Pin 5) is activated.

119

DM2571 User Manual

Press the F2 (MathDisp) key to show theF2 (MathDisp)
key to show STAT, Math Display menu as the figure below
Math &
shown. Proceed to the F2 (STAT), F3
Math+STAT(Math) or F4 (Math+STAT) display inaccord with the following chapters.

Show STAT
resultShow Mathresult120

Background

The STAT page in MathDisp allows you
to make statistical calculations for several
measurements including Minimum,
Maximum, Average Peak-Peak, Standard
Deviation and Count.

Operation

Press the F2 (STAT) key
to show
the statistical data as the figure below.

View Data+000.4835 Indicates the currently measured
mVDC
mVDC value

Background

Minimum

Indicates the minimum data value

Maximum

Indicates the maximum data value

Average

Indicates the mean (average) value

Peak-Peak

Indicates the peak to peak data

STDEV

Indicates the standard deviation of
the data

Count

Indicates the latest counts of compare

The Math page in MathDisp allows you toview mathematical calculations for several
parameters.

DIGITAL I/O

Operation

View DataShow
Math+STAT
resultPress the F3 (Math) key
to show themathematical analysis as the figure below.

+000.5625
mVDC

Indicates the currently measured
mVDC value

Low Limit

Indicates the defined low limit

Low Fail

Indicates the counts of below
the defined low limit

High Limit

Indicates the defined high limit

High Fail

Indicates the counts of above
the defined high limit

Background

The Math+STAT page in MathDisp
allows you to view data from both
statistical calculations and mathematicalanalysis.

Operation

Press the F4 (Math+STAT) key
to show the hybrid page ofMath & STAT instantly as figure below.

View Data+0.001003 VDC Indicates the currently
measured mVDC value
Blue Section

It is identical to the contentsof STAT display. Refer to theprevious chapter for details.

Red Section

It is identical to the contentsof Math display. Refer to theprevious chapter for details.

121

DM2571 User Manual
Comparelive-result in
MathDisp

The latest state of compare measurement, whether it’s
“Pass”, “High” or “Low”, will also appear within eachmode of MathDisp. See the example below for the “High”
result in Math+STAT mode.

The boldly red background along with the indicator“HIGH” within the display means the compare result isover the range of defined high limit.
Timing Diagramfor pins 5-8 when
the Comparefunction is
activated

High limit

Compare On
Pin 5-8 Output

Low limit
P

P
F

P
F

L

122

Pin 6
FAIL OutPin 7 HIGH
Limit FAIL Out

HDeactivate
Comparemeasurement

Pin 5
PASS OutPin 8 LOW
Limit FAIL Out

To cancel the Compare measurement, press theF1 (Function) key followed by clicking F1(OFF) to deactivate or simply activate anothermeasurement.

DIGITAL I/OApplication: 4094 / User Mode
Overview

4094 and User mode can only used when using a remotecontrol interface. Likewise this mode can only be enabled or
disabled via remote control. Please see the digital I/O
commands on page 275 for full usage details.

User Mode – IO (Output) Mode
Overview

It is the mode utilizing output as general IO (Output) usage
with up to 4 pins available for use simultaneously. Refer tothe following introductions along with diagrams for moredetails. Please see the digital I/O commands on page 275 forfull usage details.

RelatedCommands

DIG:INT:MODE IO (switch to IO mode)
DIG:INT:DATA:SET 0,1,1,0=> OUT1(Pin5) : +0V
OUT2(Pin6) : +5V
OUT3(Pin7) : +5V
OUT4(Pin8) : +0V

Pin

Pin NoUser Mode

Description

Assignment1

VCC Out

Option(Vcc:+5V)

2

Flyback DiodeNo Use3

Digital Ground

GND

5

OUT1

Use

6

OUT2

Use

7

OUT3

Use

8

OUT4

Use

123

DM2571 User Manual
Pin Diagram* Use the built-in power supply

Note:

Pin1 and Pin2 Not in use* Use in conjunction with the logic gate

Note:

124

Pin2 Not in use

DIGITAL I/OUser Mode – Switch Mode (LED)
Overview

It is the mode driving LED as status display for user with up
to 4 pins available for use simultaneously. Refer to thefollowing introductions along with diagrams for more details.
Please see the digital I/O commands on page 275 for fullusage details.

RelatedCommands

DIG:INT:MODE IO (switch to IO mode)
DIG:INT:DATA:SET 1,0,0,1=> OUT1(Pin5) : LED OFF
OUT2(Pin6) : LED ON
OUT3(Pin7) : LED ON
OUT4(Pin8) : LED OFF

Pin

Pin NoUser Mode

Description

Assignment1

VCC Out

Option(Vcc:+5V)

2

Flyback DiodeNo Use3

Digital Ground

Option(GND)

5

OUT1

Use

6

OUT2

Use

7

OUT3

Use

8

OUT4

Use

125

DM2571 User Manual
Pin Diagram* Use the built-in power supply

Note:
Pin2 and Pin3 Not in use* Use the external power

Note:
Pin1 and Pin2 Not in use

126

DIGITAL I/OUser Mode – Switch Mode (Relay)
Overview

It is the mode driving Relay to control external circuit with up
to 4 pins available for use simultaneously. Refer to thefollowing introductions along with diagrams for more details.
Please see the digital I/O commands on page 275 for fullusage details.

RelatedCommands

DIG:INT:MODE IO (switch to IO mode)
DIG:INT:DATA:SET 1,0,1,0=> OUT1(Pin5) : RELAY OFF
OUT2(Pin6) : RELAY ON
OUT3(Pin7) : RELAY OFF
OUT4(Pin8) : RELAY ON

Pin

Pin NoUser Mode

Description

Assignment1

VCC Out

Option(Vcc:+5V)

2

Flyback Diode

Use (connect to Pin1 or
Ext Vcc)3

Digital Ground

GND

5

OUT1

Use

6

OUT2

Use

7

OUT3

Use

8

OUT4

Use

127

DM2571 User Manual
Pin Diagram* Use the built-in power supply which provides thepower of maximum 100mA

Note:
Pin3 Not in use* Use the external power (+5 to 24V) (Maximum Ids ofeach channel: 400mA)

Note:
Connect Pin2 to Ext Vcc

128

DIGITAL I/O

4094 Mode
Overview

It is the mode for IO expansion via converting serial data into
parallel data. Up to 8 pins are available simultaneously whensingle 4094 is in operation, whereas it rises to the maximumof 16 pins available simultaneously if putting two 4094 inseries. Refer to the following introductions along withdiagrams for more details. Please see the digital I/O
commands on page 275 for full usage details.

RelatedCommands

DIG:INT:MODE 4094 (switch to 4094 mode)
4094 x 1(8 Pin)
DIG:INT:DATA:OUTP 10，1=> 4094 Output(Out1 to Out8) : 01010000
4094 x 2(16 Pin)
DIG:INT:DATA:OUTP 22,0
DIG:INT:DATA:OUTP 88,1=> 4094 Output(Out1 to Out8) : 01101000(Out9 to Out16): 00011010
0=> output is Low (+0V); 1=>
output is High (+5V)

Note:
Pin

Pin No4094 Mode

Description

Assignment1

VCC Out

Option(Vcc:+5V)

2

Flyback Diode

Option (connect to Pin1)

3

Digital Ground

GND

5

Clock

Use

6

Output Enable

Option (connect to Vcc
when not in use)

7

StrobeUse

8

Serial Input

Use

129

DM2571 User Manual
Pin Diagram* Use the built-in power supply

Note:

Pin2 Not in use* Use the external power

Note:

Pin1 and Pin2 Not in use* Method of series

Note:

130

Pin1 and Pin2 Not in use

DIGITAL I/OApplication: External Trigger
BackgroundThe external trigger uses the digital I/O pin for manualtriggering of the DM2571. To trigger the DM2571 a pulseof ≥10μs is needed.
The READ? command can also be used to externally trigger
the DM2571 when the DM2571 is in the external trigger
mode. See page xxx for details.

Signalconnection

Connect the external trigger signal to the Digital I/O port
located on the rear panel.

Pin4

External Trigger Input pin

Connection

131DM2571 User Manual
Activate
external
triggerPress the Shift + TRIG key to activate
setting menu of trigger.
Press the F1 (TrigSource) key to enter thetrigger source menu followed by pressing theF3 (EXT) to select External Trigger mode.
The “EXT” indicator appears on the display.
External Trigger Mode

Reading
indicator

The reading indicatordoes not flash before triggering (canbe on or off). After triggering, the indicator flashes according
to the external signal trigger timing.

Exit external
triggerPress the Shift key followed by the TRIG
key. The EXT indicator disappears and thetrigger goes back to internal mode.

132

SYSTEM & FIRMWARE

SYSTEM & FIRMWARE
View System Info .................................................................... 134
Firmware Update .................................................................... 135

133

DM2571 User Manual

View System Info
Background

View system information including Vendor, Model Name,
Serial Number, Master Firmware and Slave Firmware.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Security&Info –SystemInfo field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the System
Information where all the criticalcontents are exposed for check.

134

SYSTEM & FIRMWARE

Firmware Update
Background

This section is for updating the latest firmware.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Cali&Update - Firmware field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Firmware
Update menu.

FirmwareUpdateUpdateProcess

Prior to update, make sure if the required
firmware file is stored within the flash drive
plugged into the USB port on the front panel.
Also, user can check the current Master andSlave firmware version respectively in this menu.

135DM2571 User Manual
Note

Prior to update, please rename thedownloaded firmware files as below:✓ Master file: M_IMAGE.bin✓ Slave file: S_IMAGE.bin

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob key first,
the qualified firmware version will show then.

Note: If flash drive has no update files, itwill show as the figure below.

2. Press the NEXT key or scroll Knob key tomove to the Update followed by pressing theF5 (Enter) key or Knob key to Start update.

136

MENU SETTINGMENU SETTING
Configure System ................................................................... 138
Beep Setting ........................................................................... 138
Key Sound Setting .................................................................. 139
Date Setting ........................................................................... 140
Time Setting ........................................................................... 141
TimeSync Setting .................................................................... 142
Save and Load Setting ............................................................ 143
Firmware Update .................................................................... 148
Security Setting ...................................................................... 149
View System Info .................................................................... 152
Configure Display ................................................................... 153
Brightness Setting .................................................................. 153
Auto Off Setting ...................................................................... 154
Auto Off Time Setting .............................................................. 155
1ST Color Setting ................................................................... 157
2ND Color Setting ................................................................... 158
Math Color Setting .................................................................. 160
Display Mode Setting .............................................................. 162
Anti Aliasing Setting ................................................................ 167
Additional lnfo Setting ............................................................. 168
Language Setting .................................................................... 170

137

DM2571 User Manual

Configure System
Beep Setting
Background

Enable or Disable Beep Sound.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the ON
option.

138

MENU SETTINGKey Sound Setting
Background

Enable or Disable Key Sound.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
then press the NEXT key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob key
to move to the Key Sound field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key followed by scrolling Knob
key or pressing +/- keys to landon the On option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the ON
option for Key Sound.

139

DM2571 User Manual

Date Setting
Background

Manually adjust date for system or automatically set date
via TimeSync setting.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Date/Time - Date field.

2. Use the Left/Right keys to movethe cursor followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to define year of Date. Also, you
can press Number keys todirectly input a specific digit.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for year of Date.
4.

140

Repeat steps 2 to 3 for month and day.

MENU SETTING

Time Setting
Background

Manually adjust time for system or automatically set time
via TimeSync setting.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Date/Time - Time field.

2. Use the Left/Right keys to movethe cursor followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to define hour of Time. Also,
you can press Number keys todirectly input a specific digit.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for hour of Time.
4.

Repeat steps 2 to 3 for minute and second.

141

DM2571 User Manual

TimeSync Setting
Background

TimeSync is only available when connecting to internetwith appropriate network setting.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Date/Time - TimeSync field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Internet
Time Sync menu.

Internet Time
Synchronize

Enable Synchronize

Check / Uncheck
Synchronize Server

142

Enable or disable time sync

Choose remote server for time sync

MENU SETTING

time.nust.gov / time-nw.nist.gov
The 2nd server is available for user
customization. Refer to page 261
for SCPI setting.
Synchronize Now

Retrieve the currently standard timefrom the remote sever.

Synchronize TimeDefine an interval to retrieve thecurrently standard time from theremote sever.
7 Days / 14 Days / 30 Days

Set the time zone

Set UTC (Coordinated Universal
Time)hour / minute

Last Update Time is

Display the currently standard time.

Save and Load Setting
Background

The DM2571 can save up to 5 instrument settings.
The settings can save the state, function, I/O and range.
The Recall function enables saved settings or default
settings to be recalled at the next power up or immediately.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Parameter – Save&Load field.

143

DM2571 User Manual

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Parameter
Save&Load menu.

Parameter
Save&Load

Save
Select aGroup

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key to open the dropdown menu.

2. Scroll the Knob key or pressing +/keys followed by pressing the F5(Enter) key or Knob key to confirm
the group selection.

144

MENU SETTING

Note

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob key
to open the KeyBoard page.

2. Press the F2 (Backspace) key to clear
default words.

3. Use the Left/Right and +/- keys orscroll the Knob key to move thecursor to desired word followed bypressing the F5 (Input) key or Knob
key to input the word.

4. Press the F4 (OK) or the Knob key toconfirm the input words.

145

DM2571 User ManualEnter

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key to saved the input words.

Load
Select aGroup

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key to open the dropdown menu.

2. Scroll the Knob key or press +/- keys
followed by pressing the F5 (Enter)key or Knob key to confirm thegroup selection.

Note

146

1. The currently selected group nameappears in the Note field.

MENU SETTING

Select a
Action1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key to open the dropdown menu.

2. Scroll the Knob key or press +/- keys
followed by pressing the F5 (Enter)key or Knob key to confirm theaction selection.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob key
to confirm the action selection.

Parameter

None: no recall action
Power On: recall at next power up
Now: recall instantly

147

DM2571 User ManualFirmware Update
Background

This section is for updating the latest firmware.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Cali&Update - Firmware field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Firmware
Update menu.

FirmwareUpdate148

UpdateProcess

Prior to update, make sure if the required
firmware file is stored within the flash drive
plugged into the USB port on the front panel.
Also, user can check the current Master andSlave firmware version respectively in this menu.

MENU SETTING

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob key first,
the qualified firmware version will show then.

Note: If flash drive has no update files, itwill show as the figure below.

2. Press the NEXT key or scroll Knob key tomove to the Update followed by pressing theF5 (Enter) key or Knob key to Start update.

Security Setting
Background

This section is to change the password and enable ordisable Lan password.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Security&Info – Security field.

149

DM2571 User Manual

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Please
Input Password page.

3.

150

Use the Left/Right and +/- keys
or scroll the Knob key to movethe cursor followed by pressing
the F5 (Input) key or the Knob
key to input the password.

MENU SETTING

4.

Security

Press the F4 (OK) key or Knob
key to enter the Security page.

Lan Password Enable Enable or disable password

requirement for Lan web and telnet
Control.
Check / Uncheck

Old Password

Enter the old password

New Password

Enter the new password

Confirm Password

Enter the new password again

Modify Password

Change password by clicking Start

151

DM2571 User Manual

View System Info
Background

View system information including Vendor, Model Name,
Serial Number, Master Firmware and Slave Firmware.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, the System
configuration menu appears. And
press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Security&Info –SystemInfo field.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the System
Information where all the criticalcontents are exposed for check.

152

MENU SETTING

Configure Display
Brightness Setting
Background

Backlight brightness adjustment

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2. Use the Left/Right keys to movethe cursor followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to define digit. Also, you canpress Number keys to directly
input a specific digit.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for backlight brightness.

153

DM2571 User Manual

Auto Off Setting
Background

Enable or disable automatic brightness adjustment

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the BackLight - AutoOff field.

3.

Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key followed by scrolling Knob
key or pressing +/- keys to selectthe ON option.

154

MENU SETTING

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the ON
option for AutoOff.

Auto Off Time Setting
BackgroundSet the duration before automatic brightness adjustment.
When the machine has been idle for the set duration, thescreen will change to automatic brightness adjustment.
NOTE: Auto Off Time will be activated only when Auto
Off option is turned ON.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

155DM2571 User Manual

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to the
BackLight – AutoOffTime field.

3. Use the Left/Right keys to movethe cursor followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to define minutes. Also, you canpress Number keys to directly
input a specific minutes.

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
minutes for Auto Off Time.

156

MENU SETTING

1ST Color Setting
BackgroundSet the theme color of 1ST display

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to
the Font Color – 1ST Color field.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select desired color for 1ST
display.

157

DM2571 User Manual

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm theselected color.
Display result

The following figure demonstrates thedefined yellow color for 1ST display.

2ND Color Setting
BackgroundSet the theme color of 2ND display

Step

1.

158

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

MENU SETTING

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to the
Font Color – 2ND Color field.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select desired color for 2ND
display.

159

DM2571 User Manual

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm theselected color.
Display result

The following figure demonstrates thedefined green color for 2ND display.

Math Color Setting
BackgroundSet the theme color of Math functions

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedly or
scroll the Knob key to move to the
Font Color – Math Color field.

160

MENU SETTING

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select desired color for Mathdisplay.

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm theselected color.
Display result

The following figure demonstrates thedefined cyan color for Math display.

161

DM2571 User Manual

Display Mode Setting
Background

Enable or disable if time info or user-defined text is shownin the 1ST display only when MathDisp is off.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Math Off Display –DisplayMode field.

162

MENU SETTING

Time display

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select the Time option.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the Time
option.

Display result

The following figure demonstrates thetime info shown in the 1ST display.

163

DM2571 User Manual

Text display

1. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select the Text option.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the Text
option.

164

MENU SETTING

3.

Press the NEXT key or scroll theKnob key to move to the Math
Off Display – Edit field.

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the KeyBoard
page.

5. Press Backspace to clear default
text first. Use the Left/Right &+/- keys or scroll the Knob key
to move the cursor followed bypressing the F5 (Input) key or
Knob key to input desired
words.
Note: F1 (Caps Lock) key is forhigh and low case shift.

165

DM2571 User Manual

6. Press the F4 (OK) key toconfirm the input words.

Display result

166

The following figure demonstrates thedefined text shown in the 1ST display.

MENU SETTING

Anti Aliasing Setting
Background

Enable or disable the anti-aliasing function, whichfacilitates the display of measured value much smootherand easy-readable. Note that this function is available forup to 1.2k/s refresh rate. The 2.4k/s above refresh rates
are Not supported by anti-aliasing.
NOTE: When Auto Zero or dual measure mode, both ofwhich lower down computing speed, is activated, anti-aliasing
function can support up to the maximum 10k/s refresh rate.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the BigFont Option –Antialiasing field.

167

DM2571 User Manual

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to select the ON option.

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the ON
selection.

Additional lnfo Setting
Background

Enable or disable the additional information display.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Other Option –AdditionalInfo field.

168

MENU SETTING

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Additional
menu. Press the Next key orscroll the Knob key followed bypushing the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enable/disable each
option. Move to the Return
option followed by pressing theF5 (Enter) key or Knob key tohave the setting take effect.

Display result

Take the Temperature mode for example as the figure below,
we can clearly recognize the colors with info as follows.
• Rel Value Info is outlined by blue frame.
• Auto Zero Info is outlined by white frame.
• Additional (SIM) Info is outlined by cyan frame.

169

DM2571 User Manual

REL Info

Auto Zero InfoSIM Info(Additional Info)

Language Setting
Background

Select language for user interface display.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key followed bypressing the Page Down key
repeatedly until the Display
configuration menu appears.

2.

Press the NEXT key repeatedlyor scroll the Knob key to moveto the Other Option – Language
field.

170

MENU SETTING

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to enter the Language
menu. Press the Next key orscroll the Knob key followed bypushing the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select one of thelanguage options. Move to the
Return option followed bypressing the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to have the setting
take effect.
English繁體中文 (Traditional Chinese)
Options 简体中文 (Simplified Chinese)
日本語 (Japanese)한국어 (Korean)

NOTE

When “日本語” is checked, only prompt message
will be shown in Japanese. The user interface still
remains in full English display. See the figure below.

171

DM2571 User Manual

172

SCREENSHOT & LOG

SCREENSHOT & LOG
Capture .................................................................................. 174
Save Reading ......................................................................... 177

173

DM2571 User Manual

CaptureBackground

Configure the mode of screenshot capturing.
Supported USB Sticks:
USB Disk Type: Flash Disk Only
FAT Format: Fat16 or Fat32(Recommended)
Max memory size: 128GB
Flash disks which need to use card adaptors are
not recommended to be used in this application.

Note

Step

1.

Press the Shift key followed by the
LOG/LOG# key and thefollowing menu appears.

2.

Press the F1 (Log Mode) key
followed by clicking the F1(Capture) key to enable theCapture mode for screenshot.

3. Press the F2 (FileName) key toenter the Log FileName Modemenu. Further press the F1(Default) key to let system saves
screenshot by auto name in serial
number or press the F2 (Manual)
key to determine file name by user.
Number The auto name in serial number ranges
Rangefrom SCREEN00 to SCREEN99.
Number Repluging the USB disk will zero the serial
Zeronumber to the initial.
Note

174

When the serial number reaches the
maximum, e.g., SCREEN99, the saveaction will be Not available.

SCREENSHOT & LOG

4. Press the F3 (EditName) key toenter the KeyBoard page whereuser can press the F2 (Backspace)
key to clear default text. Use theLeft/Right & +/- keys or scroll
the Knob key to move the cursor
followed by pressing the F5 (Input)
key or Knob key to input desired
words. The F1 (Caps Lock) key isfor high and low case shift.

5. Press the F4 (OK) key toconfirm the input words.
Note

It is only available when “Manual” is selectedfor Log FileName Mode.

6. Press the F4 (OverWrite) key toenter the Log OverWrite Modemenu where user can press theF1 (Always) key to automaticallyoverwrite filename when saving
or press the F2 (Query) key to letsystem query first before saving.

175

DM2571 User Manual

Note

For File Name - Default▪ Under Overwrite – “Always mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the serial
number will be zeroed to the initial andthe existed file in the USB disk will beoverwritten automatically when saving.
▪ Under Overwrite – “Query mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the serial
number will be zeroed to the initial anda prompt message asks, when saving, if
to overwrite the existed file, click F1(Yes) to overwrite, whilst click F2 (No)to save in a non-occupied serial
number of file name. Click ESC key tosimply discard the overwrite action.
For File Name - Manual▪ Under Overwrite – “Always mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the file
to save will overwrite the existed file in
the USB disk by the user-editted name.
▪ Under Overwrite – “Query mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, aprompt message asks if to overwrite
the existed file, click F1 (Yes) tooverwrite, whilst click F2 (No) to bringout the KeyBoard page to reedit a filename to save. Click ESC key to simply
discard the overwrite action.

176

SCREENSHOT & LOG

Save Reading
Background

Configure the mode of data log saving.

Step

1.

Press the Shift key followed by the
LOG/LOG# key and thefollowing menu appears.

2.

Press the F1 (Log Mode) key
followed by clicking the F2(SaveRead) key to enable the Saveand Read mode for data log.

3. Press the F2 (FileName) key toenter the Log FileName Modemenu. Further press the F1(Default) key to let system saves
screenshot by auto name in serial
number or press the F2 (Manual)
key to determine file name by user.

Number For Count Source
Range▪ The auto name in serial number ranges
from DATAC000 to DATAC999.
For Recent Source▪ The auto name in serial number ranges
from DATAR000 to DATAR999.
Number Repluging the USB disk will zero the serial
Zeronumber to the initial.
Note

When the serial number reaches the
maximum, e.g., DATAC999, the save action
will be Not available.

177

DM2571 User Manual

4. Press the F3 (EditName) key toenter the KeyBoard page whereuser can press the F2 (Backspace)
key to clear default text. Use theLeft/Right & +/- keys or scroll
the Knob key to move the cursor
followed by pressing the F5(Input) key or Knob key to input
desired words. The F1 (Caps Lock)key is for high and low case shift.

5. Press the F4 (OK) key toconfirm the input words.
Note: it is only available when
Manual is selected for Log
FileName Mode.
6. Press the F4 (OverWrite) key toenter the Log OverWrite Modemenu where user can press theF1 (Always) key to automaticallyoverwrite filename when saving
or press the F2 (Query) key to letsystem query first before saving.

178

SCREENSHOT & LOG

Note

For File Name - Default▪ Under Overwrite – “Always mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the serial
number will be zeroed to the initial andthe existed file in the USB disk will beoverwritten automatically when saving.
▪ Under Overwrite – “Query mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the serial
number will be zeroed to the initial anda prompt message asks, when saving, if
to overwrite the existed file, click F1(Yes) to overwrite, whilst click F2 (No)to save in a non-occupied serial
number of file name. Click ESC key tosimply discard the overwrite action.
For File Name - Manual▪ Under Overwrite – “Always mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, the file
to save will overwrite the existed file in
the USB disk by the user-editted name.
▪ Under Overwrite – “Query mode”,
when repluging the USB disk, aprompt message asks if to overwrite
the existed file, click F1 (Yes) tooverwrite, whilst click F2 (No) to bringout the KeyBoard page to reedit a filename to save. Click ESC key to simply
discard the overwrite action.

179

DM2571 User Manual

7. Press the F5 (Source) key toenter the SaveRead Source(Log)menu where user can selecteither source to save and read.
Determine the source mode byfurther pressing the F1 (Count)
key or the F2 (Recent) key.
“Count” indicates the saved datalog contains the total counts ofmeasurement, whilst “Recent”
represents each count of
measurement has user-definedinterval in the saved data log. For
details, refer to page 191.

180

DISPLAY SETTINGDISPLAY SETTING
Digit ....................................................................................... 182
Display ................................................................................... 184
Number .................................................................................. 184
Bar Meter ............................................................................... 185
Trend Chart ............................................................................ 189
Histogram ............................................................................... 198

181

DM2571 User Manual

Digit
BackgroundDefine the maximum digit numbers for each measurement.

Step

1.

Press DISP key followed by clicking the F1(Digit) key, the Digit menu appears where
several digit options are available to select.

2.

Further press F1 (6 ½), F2 (5 ½), F3 (4 ½)
keys for desired maximum digit numbers on
display, or press the F1 (Auto) key to allow
system determine digit numbers for display
per measuring situation.
Digit Parameter

Display

6½

5½

4½

Auto

182

The maximum digit numbers may varyin accord with the applied measuringfunctions and refresh rates.

DISPLAY SETTING

The correlation between measure types and speeds foravailable digit numbers
Speed
1/s

2/s

5/s

20/s 60(50)/s 100/s 400/s 1.2k/s 2.4k/s 4.8k/s 7.2k/s 10k/s

DCV

-

-

6 1/2 6 1/2

6 1/2

ACV

6 1/2

-

5 1/2

4 1/2 [1]

DCI

-

-

6 1/2 6 1/2

6 1/2

ACI

6 1/2

-

5 1/2

4 1/2 [1]

2W/4W

-

-

6 1/2 6 1/2

Continuity

-

-

-

Diode

-

-

-

Temp

-

-

Cap

-

4 1/2

Measure Type

-

-

-

-

-

6 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2
-

-

-

5 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

-

-

-

-

5 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

-

-

-

-

5 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

6 1/2

6 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2

-

6 1/2

5 1/2 4 1/2

-

-

-

-

-

-

6 1/2

5 1/2 4 1/2

-

-

-

-

-

6 1/2 5 1/2-

6 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2

-

4 1/2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

[1]. Fixed at 50 /s.

The correlation between frequency/period and gate time
for available digit numbers
Gate Time
1s

100ms

10ms

6 1/2

5 1/2

4 1/2

Measure TypeFrequency/Period

183

DM2571 User Manual

Display
NumberBackground

Shift to the Number display mode for each measurement.

Step

1.

Press the DISP key followed by clicking theF2 (Display) key, the Display menu appears
where several display options are available forselection.

2.

Press the F1 (Number) key, the screen shows
the Number mode for measurement display.
The measured value is presented in the clear
number way for viewing, along with the
maximum digits display depending on the
Digit selection.

Display

Measured value presented in Number

184

DISPLAY SETTING

Bar Meter
Background

Shift to the Bar Meter display for each measurement.

Step

1.

Press the DISP key followed by clicking theF2 (Display) key, the Display menu appears
where several display options are available forselection.

2.

Press the F2 (Bar Meter) key, the screen
shows the Bar Meter mode for measurement
display. The measured value is presented in
the bar meter way for viewing, along with the
maximum digits display depending on the
Digit selection.

Display

Red Sect.

It indicates the currently measured
value in number display.

Green Sect. It indicates the currently measured
value in bar meter display.
F3 (Scale) key
to decide scale
mode

Background

Press the F3 (Scale) key to enter the Scale Modemenu where Normal and Manual options areavailable for selection.

NormalSelecting “Normal” allows the scale of meter bar
to be symmetric with the selected range ofmeasurement.

185

DM2571 User Manual

F4 (Method)
key to decideMethod mode

Red Sect.

The user-specified range formeasurement.

Yellow Sect.

The endpoints of 2 sides are “0”and “100m” respectively, which
perfectly correspond to thespecified range of measurement.

Green Sect.

The currently measured value.

ManualSelecting “Manual” allows user to customize theavailable scale for meter bar on display.

BackgroundWhen user selects “Manual” option under the F3(Scale) key, the Method can be further defined
here for varied applications.

LowHigh

When LowHigh is selected, it is available tofurther determine the exact scales for both thehigh and low ends on the bar meter display.

Yellow Sect. The available scale of bar meterstarts from the lowest (-4.000k)
to the highest (+10.000μ), which
are defined by user individually.
Red Sect.

The user-specified range formeasurement.

Green Sect. The currently measured value.
Center186

When Center is selected, it is available tofurther determine the exact Center value andthe Span Scale for the meter bar display.

DISPLAY SETTING

Yellow Sect. The Center value defined by user.
Purple Sect. The Span Scale defined by user.
Red Sect.

The user-specified range formeasurement.

Green Sect. The currently measured value.
F5 (Low
Scale) & F6(High Scale)keys

F5 (Center) &F6 (Span
Scale) keys

After user selects “LowHigh” option under the F4(Method) key, the low and high scales can be specified
individually via F5 (Low Scale) & F6 (High Scale) keys.
Display

Red Sect.

The specified Low Scale (-4.000k)
in F5 key is identical with theupper value in red frame on the
low scale of meter bar.

Green Sect.

The specified High Scale(+10.000μ) in F6 key is identicalwith the upper value in green
frame on high scale of meter bar.

When Center method is opted, user can further determine theCenter and Span Scale individually via F5 (Center) & F6
(Span Scale) keys.

187

DM2571 User Manual
Display

188

Red Sect.

The specified Center (+0.0) in F5
key is identical with the upper
value in red frame on the center
value of meter bar.

Green Sect.

The specified Span Scale (+6.000)
in F6 key indicates the whole scaleof the meter bar, which means+6.000 will be evenly divided into 2ends of the meter bar that results in-3.000 in the left end and +3.000 in
the right end as the figure shown.

DISPLAY SETTING

Trend Chart
Background

Shift to the Trend Chart display for each measurement.

Step

1.

Press the DISP key followed by clicking theF2 (Display) key, the Display menu appears
where several display options are available forselection.

2.

Press the F3 (TrendChart) key, the screen
shows the Trend Chart mode formeasurement display. The measured value ispresented in the trend chart way for viewing,along with the maximum digits display
depending on the Digit selection.

Display

Red Sect.

It indicates the currently measured
value in number display.

Green Sect. It indicates the latest
measurements of 400 counts in
the intuitive trend chart.
Yellow Sect. The total counts of measurementwith the maximum of 100,000.
Only 400 counts, however, can bedisplayed in the trend chart at once.
F3 (VScale)
key to definevertical scale

Background

Press the F3 (Scale) key to enter the VScale
Setup menu where Normal and Manual options
are available for selection.

189

DM2571 User Manual

NormalManual190

Selecting “Normal” allows the vertical scale oftrend chart to be symmetric with the selected
range of measurement.

Red Sect.

The user-specified range formeasurement.

Yellow Sect.

The highest scale (+10)
corresponds to the upper
defined manual range 10V, andthe lowest scale is the relativevalue in the opposite spectrum.

Green Sect.

The currently measured value.

Selecting “Manual” allows user to customize theavailable scale for trend chart on display.

Red Sect.

The user-specified highest andlowest scales. Press the F5 andF6 keys to set up individually.

Yellow Sect.

Both the highest scale (+11.0000)
and the lowest scale (-9.0000)
correspond to the user-specified
values in the red section.

Green Sect.

The currently measured value.

Purple Sect.

Press the F4 (Auto(Once)) key
to obtain the highest and lowest
scales from the latest 400 countsof measurements into the trend

DISPLAY SETTING

chart as a baseline of verticalscale. Take the figure below for
instance, the highest and lowest
ends in vertical scale are irregularvalues 20.573m and -9.8303
which come from the latest
measurements.

F4 (HScale)
key to definehorizontal
scale

Background

Press the F4 (HScale) key to enter the HScale
Setup menu where Count and Recent options areavailable for selection.

Count

Selecting “Count” allows the horizontal scaleof trend chart to be symmetric with the definedrefresh rate of measurement.

Green Sect. The user-defined refresh rate.
Red Sect.

Recent

The refreshing frequency of thetotal counts of measurements is
consistent with the refresh rate.
For example, setting 10k/s resultsin the fastest frequency, while 1s
leading to the slowest frequency.

Selecting “Recent” allows the horizontal scaleof trend chart to be customized by user.

191

DM2571 User Manual

Red Sect.

The user-specified range ofhorizontal scale in the unit ofsecond. Press the F5 key to set
up individually.

Green Sect. The horizontal scale ranging
from the right-side 0 to theleft-hand -400.0s that
corresponds to the user-specified
range of horizontal scale.
Yellow Sect. The currently total counts ofmeasurement.
OrangeSect.

The user-specified auto-stopfeature of the F3 key, which
automatically suspends recording
after a course of time period
defined by user from the field
highlighted in red as follows.

Value: 1 to 9999 Min
After confirming the time period
for auto-stop, click “Start” inorange and the countdown
appears on top of screen as thefield highlighted in yellow below.

192

DISPLAY SETTING

Purple Sect. The interval of each count of
measurement which relates to theuser-specified range ofhorizontal scale. To put it simply,
due to the maximum 400 counts
at once, when setting 400Sec, theinterval is equal to 400Sec
divided by 400 counts = 1
second. If setting 800Sec, it turnsout 800/400 = 2 seconds.
Blue Sect.
F5(Stop&View)
key for data

Press the F6 (Restart) key torecount the measurements.

Press the F5 (Stop&View) key to enter the View Setup(Trend) mode which empowers user to have a detailed view
into the measured data on the trend chart. Once clicking thekey, measurement will stop right away.
Display

F1 key(Range)Press the F1 (Range) key to check a certain
course of range of the measured counts. Scroll
the Knob key rightward or leftward to move
cursor on different sections.

193

DM2571 User Manual

Red Sect.

Press the F1 (Range) for range check.

Green
Sect.

The total counts of measurements
before entering the Stop&View.

Yellow
Sect.

Press the Knob key to change themaximum counts for display.
1 pixel – 4 pixels – 400 pixels

F2 key(Cursor1)

194

OrangeSect.

The lowest value of the selected
count with its affiliated serial number.

Blue
Sect.

The highest value of the selected
count with its affiliated serial number.

White
Sect.

The delta between the highest andlowest values of the selected countwith its affiliated serial number.

PurpleSect.

The scale of measurements
displayed, which relates to the yellow
section – pixels. When 40 pixels aredefined previously, scroll the Knob
key once, the scale will increase or
decrease 40 counts per time.

Press the F2 (Cursor1) key to check the lowest
value of each count. Scroll the Knob key
rightward or leftward to move cursor on
different sections.

DISPLAY SETTING

Green
Sect.

Press the F2 (Cursor1) for checking
the lowest value of each count.

Red Sect.

The lowest value of the selected
count with its affiliated serial number.

Yellow
Sect.

Press the Knob key to change themaximum counts for display.
1 pixel – 10 pixels – 20 pixels

PurpleSect.

The delta between the highest andlowest values of the selected countwith its affiliated serial number.

F3 keyPress the F3 (Cursor2) key to check the highest(Cursor2) value of each count. Scroll the Knob key
rightward or leftward to move cursor on
different sections.

Green
Sect.

Press the F3 (Cursor2) for checking
the highest value of each count.

Red Sect.

The highest value of the selected
count with its affiliated serial number.

Yellow
Sect.

Press the Knob key to change themaximum counts for display.
1 pixel – 10 pixels – 20 pixels

PurpleThe delta between the highest and195

DM2571 User ManualSect.

lowest values of the selected countwith its affiliated serial number.

F4 keyCOU(COU/T Press the F4 (COU/TIM) key to toggle betweenIM)
the 2 modes (COU/TIM). In association withthe previous F1 (Range), F2 (Cursor1) and F3(Cursor2) keys, user can utilize COU to checkdiversified values of each count per needs
NoteThis option is only available when
“Recent” under HScale is selected.

YellowSect.

The display basically is identical withthe previous introductions of F1(Range), F2 (Cursor1) and F3(Cursor2) keys. Refer to the eachsection for further details.

TIM
Press the F4 (COU/TIM) key to toggle between
the 2 modes (COU/TIM). In association withthe previous F1 (Range), F2 (Cursor1) and F3(Cursor2) keys, user can utilize TIM to checktime parameters of each count per needs.
NoteThis option is only available when
“Recent” under HScale is selected.

196

DISPLAY SETTING

Yellow
Sect.

F5 & F6
keys(1ST ON& 2ND
ON)

The time parameters of the selected
lowest, highest and delta values
display in the clear time format
below, which indicate the exact day
and time when the selected values
occurred respectively.

The Stop&View under Trend Chart is also
applicable to the dual measurement. Activating
dual measurement followed by entering thismode where the statistics are almost identical tothose of the previous single measurement.

Display

User can view each data for dual measurements
or toggle on/off for either 1ST or 2ND channel
at any time per requirement.
F6 (Start) key
to restartmeasurement

After entering the View Setup (Trend) mode, system will halt
the measurement right away. Exit the View Setup (Trend)mode and press the F6 (Start) key to restart measurement.
When measurement is ongoing, press the F6 (ReStart) key torecount the accumulated measurements.

197

DM2571 User Manual

Histogram
Background

Shift to the Histogram display for each measurement.

Step

1.

Press the DISP key followed by clicking theF2 (Display) key, the Display menu appears
where several display options are available forselection.

2.

Press the F4 (Histogram) key, the screen
shows the Histogram mode for measurement
display. The measured value is presented in
the way of histogram for viewing, along withthe maximum digits display depending on the
Digit selection.

Display

Green Sect. It indicates the total measured bins
accumulated currently.
Red Sect.

It indicates bins of the highest
section of measured values with its
affiliated percentage from the total
counts of measurements.

Yellow Sect. The currently measured value.
Purple Sect. The histogram display for themeasured bins. Up to the 400 latest
bins can be shown concurrently.

198

Blue Sect.

The maximum bin numbers
displayed within the purple section.

OrangeSect.

The range of horizontal scale ofhistogram display.

DISPLAY SETTING
F3 (Bins) key
to define binnumbers

Background

Press the F3 (Bins) key to enter the Bins Setup
menu where user can customize the maximum
numbers of stripe-like bins for display.
Note: The available options for bin numbers willvary in accordance with the defined refresh rate.
Faster the refresh rate, smaller the numbers ofbins available.
The histogram is definedwith 20 bins display. The
central line divides theleft and right parts, eachof which contains 10bins respectively.

Display

The 10 bins setting
make the histogram
display much thicker in
its each bin compared tothe previous 20 bins
setting.
The max bin number varies by the refresh rate.
Check the table below for correlative parameters.
Refresh
Rate
Max.
Bin
NumberF4 (HScale)
key to definehorizontal
scale

5/s to2.4k/s400

4.8k/s

7.2k/s

10k/s

200

100

20

Background

Press the F4 (HScale) key to enter the HScale
Setup menu where Auto and Manual options areavailable for selection.

Auto

Selecting “Auto” allows the frequency of themeasuring counts to be symmetric with thedefined refresh rate. For example, setting 10k/s
results in the fastest frequency, while 1s leading
to the slowest frequency.

199

DM2571 User Manual

Manual200

Yellow Sect.

Press the F1 (Auto) key for auto
HScale setup mode.

Green Sect.

The user-defined refresh rate.

Red Sect.

The frequency of the measured
total counts, highest values
percentage and bin numbers is
consistent with the refresh rate.

Orange Sect.

The range of horizontal scale ofhistogram display varies according
to the currently measured value.

Selecting “Manual” allows the horizontal scale ofhistogram display to be customized by user.

Red Sect.

The user-specified highest andlowest scales. Press the F5 and F6
keys to set up individually.

Green Sect.

The horizontal scale ranging
from the right-side +6.000 to theleft-hand +1.0000 that
corresponds to the user-specified
range of horizontal scale.

DISPLAY SETTING

Purple Sect.

F5(Stop&View)
key for data

Press the F4 (Auto(Once)) key toobtain the highest and lowest
scales from the latest bins ofmeasurement within thehistogram as a baseline forhorizontal scale. Take the figure
below for instance, the right andleft ends in horizontal scale areirregular values +1.1022 and+1.0740 which come from thelatest measurement of bins.

Press the F5 (Stop&View) key to enter the View Setup (His)mode which empowers user to have a detailed view into themeasured data on the histogram. Once clicking the key,measurement will stop right away.
Display

F1 key(Class)Press the F1 (Class) key to check the detailed dataof each bin from the histogram measurement.

Red
Sect.

It indicates the Class mode under
View Setup (His) is activated.
201

DM2571 User Manual

F6 (Start) key
to restartmeasurement

Green
Sect.

It indicates the selected bin number.
Scroll the Knob key rightward or
leftward to change bin number forchecking.

YellowSect.

It indicates the total accumulated
counts of measurement categorized
within the selected bin number.

OrangeSect.

It indicates the exact percentage ofthe total counts of measurementfrom the selected bin number.

PurpleSect.

It indicates the lowest value being
measured within the selected binnumber.

Blue
Sect.

It indicates the highest value being
measured within the selected binnumber.

White
Sect.

It indicates the difference in value
between the purple section (Down)
and the blue section (Up).

After entering the View Setup (His) mode, system will halt
the measurement right away. Exit the View Setup (His) modeand press the F6 (Start) key to restart measurement.
When measurement is ongoing, press the F6 (ReStart) key torecount the accumulated measurements.

202

REMOTE CONTROLREMOTE CONTROL
Configure Interface ................................................................. 204
Return to Local Control Mode .................................................. 204
Configure SCPI ID Setting ....................................................... 204
Configure USB Interface ......................................................... 205
Set the USB Protocol .............................................................. 208
Configure RS232 Interface ...................................................... 208
Set the FlowCtrl handshake .................................................... 215
Set the EOL Character ............................................................ 215
Set the Separation Character .................................................. 215
Insert GPIB Card (Optional) .................................................... 216
Configure GPIB Interface ........................................................ 217
Activate Ethernet Interface ...................................................... 220
Reboot LAN Setup .................................................................. 221
Configure Ethernet Interface to DHCP ..................................... 221
Configure Ethernet IP ............................................................. 222
Configure Protocol .................................................................. 228
Remote Terminal Session (Telnet / TCP) .................................. 235
Web Control Interface ............................................................. 236

203

DM2571 User Manual

Configure Interface
Return to Local Control Mode
Background

When the unit is in remote control mode, the RMT icon
above the main display can be seen. When this icon is
not displayed, it indicates that the unit is in local control
mode.
In order to switch back to the Local
control mode (front panel operation),press the Shift key.

Configure SCPI ID Setting
Background

The *IDN? query returns the manufacturer, model
number, serial number and system firmware version
number. When SCPI ID is set to User, a user definedmanufacturer and model number is returned with the*IDN? query. Please see the SYSTem:IDNStr commandon page 316 for details.

Step

1.

Press the Menu key, and then the
Page Down key repeatedly until
the Interface configuration menu
appears.

2.

Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob key
to move to the SCPI ID field.

204

REMOTE CONTROL

3.

Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knob
key followed by scrolling Knob
key or pressing +/- keys to landon the desired SCPI ID Identity
option.

4.

Press the F5 (Enter) key or Knobkey again to confirm the desired
SCPI ID Identity option

Configure USB Interface
USB
Configuration

PC side connector

Unit side connector Real panel, Type B, device
USB Speed

Steps

Front panel, Type A, host

2.0 (Full speed)

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Interface
configuration menu appears.
205

DM2571 User Manual

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the USB option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the USB
option.

4. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the USB Protocol field.

206

REMOTE CONTROL

5. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the desired USB
Protocol option.

6. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
USB Protocol option.

7. Connect the USB cable to therear panel terminal (upper
port).

207

DM2571 User Manual

Set the USB Protocol
Description

The USB device port on the rear panel is used for remotecontrol. The USB port can be configured as either a
TMC or CDC interface.
USBCDC:
Before the DM2571 can be used for remote control
utilizing the CDC USB class, install the appropriate CDC
USB driver included on the User Manual CD.
The USB port on the DM2571 will appear as a virtualCOM port to a connected PC.
USBTMC:The DM2571 can be controlled using National
Instruments NI-Visa software. NI-Visa supports USB
TMC.

Configure RS232 Interface
RS232
Configuration

Step

208

Connector

D-sub 9 pin, male

Baud rate

115200/57600/38400/19200/9600

Data bits

8

Paritynone

Stop bits

1

Flow control

none, RTS/CTS, DTR/DSR

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Interface configuration
menu appears.

REMOTE CONTROL

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the RS232 option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the RS232
option.

4. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the RS232 Baud Rate field.

209

DM2571 User Manual

5. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the desired RS232
Baud Rate option.

6. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm thedesired RS232 Baud Rate
option.
7. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the RS232 FlowCtrl field.

210

REMOTE CONTROL

8. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the desired RS232
FlowCtrl option.

9. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm thedesired RS232 FlowCtrl option.

10. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the RS232: TX
Term - EndOfLine field.

211

DM2571 User Manual

11. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the desired RS232:
TX Term - EndOfLine option.

12. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm thedesired RS232: TX Term
EndOfLine option.
NOTE

GPIB, USBTMC and LAN are fixedwith only LF option.

13. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the RS232: TX
Term - Separation field.

212

REMOTE CONTROL

14. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the desired RS232:
TX Term - Separation option.

15. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm thedesired RS232: TX Term
Separation option.
GPIB, USBTMC and LAN are fixedwith only COMMA option.

NOTE

16. Connect the RS232 cable to therear panel terminal.
RS232 Pin
Assignment

Pin

Input/Output Description

1------

No
Connection

2

Input

Receive Data
(RxD)

12 34 56 789

213

DM2571 User Manual

NOTE
PA-001-3395
Connection

3

OutputTransmit
Data (TxD)

4

OutputData
Terminal
Ready (DTR)5------

SignalGround (SG)

6

Input

Data Set
Ready (DSR)

7

Input

Request To
Send (RTS)

8

OutputClear To Send
(CTS)

9

------

No
Connection
Do Not connect wire to pin 9 as it is specifically used for
update function by certified factories.
An example below when optional accessory PA-001-3395
is being employed. Likewise, first crossly link the pin 2(TxD) to the pin 3 (RxD) and the pin 5 (GND) is thenecessary connection. Furthermore, crossly link the pin 7(RTS) to pin 8 (CTS) for advanced function of
PA-001-3395.
PA-001-3395 Cable

214

REMOTE CONTROL

Set the FlowCtrl handshake
Description

The FlowCtrl configuration menu can set the handshakefor return messages.

Set the EOL Character
Description

The TX TERM configuration menu can set the EOL(end-of-line) character for return messages. This setting is
also applied to USBCDC.
The EOL characters that can be received from the PC
include CR+LF, LF+CR, CR or LF. The most common
EOL character is CR+LF.

NOTE

The USBTMC, GPIB and LAN’s EOL character is fixedwith LF.
EOL CR+LF, LF+CR, CR, LF (default = CR+LF)

Set the Separation Character
Description

The TX TERM configuration menu can set the
separation character for multiple return measurement
values. This setting is also applied to USBCDC.

NOTEThe USBTMC, GPIB and LAN’s separation character isfixed with comma.

215

DM2571 User Manual

Insert GPIB Card (Optional)
When mount the GPIB interface card, holding the panel. If touching theprinted circuit board or electric parts, may cause damage due to ESD.
Recommended use a antistatic wrist strap.
Power Off

Turn the Power Off and take out the power cord.

Open the DM2571 Take off the two screws on the slot corners to remove
optional
the optional communication port cover. Keep the screws
communication port for later reuse.

Insert the GPIB card Insert the GPIB card into the slot. Close the cover bytightening the screws.

Power On

216

Connect the power cord and turn On the power.

REMOTE CONTROL

Configure GPIB Interface
GPIB Configuration Connector
Address
Step

24 Pin female GPIB port
0-30(default 15)

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Interface
configuration menu appears.

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the GPIB option.

NOTE

As the figure shown below, GPIB option won’t appear
when optional GPIB card is not well installed.

217

DM2571 User Manual

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the GPIB
option.

4. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the GPIB Address field.

NOTE

218

As the figure shown below, the GPIB - Address field
won’t appear when optional GPIB card is not installed.

REMOTE CONTROL

5. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define GPIB
Address. Also, you can press
Number keys to directly input a
specific digit.

6. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
input digit for GPIB Address.

7. Connect the GPIB cable to therear panel optional
communication port after the
GPIB card has been installed.
GPIB Pin
Assignment

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1

Data I/O 1

13 Data I/O 5

2

Data I/O 2

14 Data I/O 6

3

Data I/O 3

15 Data I/O 7

4

Data I/O 4

16 Data I/O 8

5

EOI

17 REN

6DAV

18 Ground (DAV)

7

NRFD

19 Ground (NRFD)

8

NDAC

20 Ground (NDAC)

9IFC

21 Ground (IFC)

10

SRQ

22 Ground (SRQ)

11

ATN

23 Ground (ATN)12SHIELD
Ground24 Signal GND

1

13

12

24

219

DM2571 User Manual

Activate Ethernet Interface
Overview

Speed

Ethernet(LAN)port activation

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Interface
configuration menu appears.

10BaseT/100BaseTx

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the LAN option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the LAN
option.

4. Connect the Ethernet cable to
the rear panel Ethernet port.

220

REMOTE CONTROL

Reboot LAN Setup
BackgroundTo reboot is used to reset the Ethernet configuration
when new settings have been made. When the Lan Setup
settings have been edited, reboot(turn on the power
again) to validate the changes and reset the Ethernet to
the new configuration settings. New Ethernet
configuration settings are only updated after the DM2571
has been reset.

NOTE

Configure Ethernet Interface to DHCP
Background

The DM2571 supports DHCP to have an IP address andother configuration parameters automatically assigned by
a DHCP server.

DHCP
Configuration

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Lan Setup
configuration menu appears.

221

DM2571 User Manual

2. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to select the DHCP
ON option.

Configure Ethernet IP
Background

The DM2571 supports manually setting of the IP
addresses, including the subnet mask, gateway, DNS1 and
DNS2.

NOTE

The IP Address Setup can only be edited if DHCP is off.

IP Address
Configuration

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Lan Setup
configuration menu appears.

222

REMOTE CONTROL

2. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the IP Address
Setup – IP Address field.

3. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define IP Address.
Also, you can press Number
keys to directly input a specificdigit.

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for IP1 Address. And the
cursor will automatically jump
to next groups.
5. Repeat the steps 3 to 4 for IP2, IP3 and IP4.
NOTE

The IP address is divided in 4 groups;
IP1:IP2:IP3:IP4.

223

DM2571 User Manual
SubnetConfiguration

6. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the IP Address
Setup – Subnet field.

7. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define Subnet.
Also, you can press Number
keys to directly input a specificdigit.

8. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
input digit for S1. And the
cursor will automatically jump
to next groups.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for S2, S3 and S4.
NOTE

224

The Subnet is divided in 4 groups; S1:S2:S3:S4.

REMOTE CONTROL
Gateway
Configuration

10. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the IP Address
Setup – Gateway field.

11. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define Gateway.
Also, you can press Number
keys to directly input a specificdigit.

12. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for G1. And the cursor
will automatically jump to nextgroups.
13. Repeat steps 11 to 12 for G2, G3 and G4.
NOTE

The Gateway is divided in 4 groups; G1:G2:G3:G4.

225

DM2571 User Manual
DNS1
Configuration

14. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the IP Address
Setup – DNS1 field.

15. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define DNS1. Also,
you can press Number keys todirectly input a specific digit.

16. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
input digit for D11. And the
cursor will automatically jump
to next groups.
17. Repeat steps 15 to 16 for D12, D13 and D14.
NOTE

226

The Gateway is divided in 4 groups;
D11:D12:D13:D14.

REMOTE CONTROL
DNS2
Configuration

18. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the IP Address
Setup – DNS2 field.

19. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define DNS2. Also,
you can press Number keys todirectly input a specific digit.

20. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
input digit for D21. And the
cursor will automatically jump
to next groups.
21. Repeat steps 20 to 21 for D22, D23 and D24.
NOTE

The Gateway is divided in 4 groups;
D21:D22:D23:D24.

227

DM2571 User Manual

Configure Protocol
Background

The DM2571 supports 3 Ethernet protocol to used,
including the Web browser, Telnet and TCP.

Web
Configuration

1. Press the Menu key, and thenthe Page Down key repeatedly
until the Lan Setup
configuration menu appears.

2. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol –Web field.

3. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

228

REMOTE CONTROL

4. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the Web
ON option.

TelnetConfiguration

5. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol –Telnet field.

6. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

229

DM2571 User Manual

7. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the Telnet
ON option.

Telnet Port
Configuration

230

8. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol –Telnet Port field.

REMOTE CONTROL

9. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define Telnet Port.
Also, you can press Number
keys to directly input a specificdigit.

10. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key to confirm the input
digit for Telnet Port.
Range
Telnet ECHO
Configuration

1024 to 65535(Default = 3000)

11. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol –Telnet ECHO field.

231

DM2571 User Manual

12. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

13. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
Telnet ECHO ON option.

TCP
Configuration

14. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol TCP field.

15. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key followed by scrolling
Knob key or pressing +/- keys
to land on the ON option.

232

REMOTE CONTROL

16. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
TCP ON option

TCP Port
Configuration

17. Press the F4 (NEXT) key
repeatedly or scroll the Knob
key to move to the Protocol –TCP Port field.

233

DM2571 User Manual

18. Use the Left/Right keys tomove the cursor followed byscrolling Knob key or pressing+/- keys to define TCP Port.
Also, you can press Number
keys to directly input a specificdigit.

Range

1024 to 65535(Default = 3001)

19. Press the F5 (Enter) key or
Knob key again to confirm the
input digit for TCP Port.

234

REMOTE CONTROL

Remote Terminal Session (Telnet / TCP)
Background
Operation

A terminal application can be used to remotely control
the DM2571 via the Telnet or TCP protocol.
1. Establish a connection via the Ethernet port.
2. Open a terminal program such as Hyper Terminaland enter the IP address and port number of theDM2571.
3. Run this query via the terminal application:*idn?
The command will return the instrument
manufacturer, model number, serial number andfirmware version in the following format:>NF Corporation,DM2571,1234567,M0.69B_S0.25B
4. See page 241 for more details on remote commands.

235

DM2571 User Manual

Web Control Interface
The web control interface is accessible with the standard Ethernet port. The
web control interface allows remote access over LAN using a Java-enabled
web browser (Java only applicable to Internet Explorer).
The web control interface allows a web browser to modify parameter settings,
remotely operate, control and monitor the DM2571.
Telnet and TCP parameters can also be edited by using the web control
interface so that applets such as HyperTerminal or Telnet can be used tomonitor measurement readings, control settings and run programs utilizing
the same remote control command set used with the RS232 remote control.
Background

Before trying to access the web browser control interface,please ensure your browser has JavaScript enabled.

Step 1 Connection

1. Configure the LAN interface and connect theDM2571 to the LAN..
2. Enter the IP address of the DM2571 in the address
field of the web browser.
3. The web control Welcome Page appears.

DM2571 Welcome Page
Step 2 Web Control236

1. To start web control, click on
the Web Control icon.

REMOTE CONTROL

2. The control page appears, a dialog box will appear
prompting for a password. Input the password(default password: 12345678) if Lan password has
been enabled previously.

Step 2-1 Configuration

3. Setting the basic operations and monitor
measurement readings, press apply button to enable
the control settings when parameters have changed.

Step 2-2 - Command 4.

It is available for remote control by manually
inputting the command sets.

237

DM2571 User Manual

Step 2-3 Save / Load

5. Also, to save and load the multiple settings ofparameters are available.

Step 2-4 Graphic

6. Several graphic display modes are available. Tochange different display modes, press the “Apply”
button followed by clicking the “Get Picture”
button to update to the desired display mode.

238

REMOTE CONTROLThe current Ethernet settings can be viewed andStep 3 View and Modify
modified from the web control interface.
LAN Configuration
1. To edit or view the current
configuration settings, click on
the View & Modify
Configuration icon.
2. The configuration settings appear.

239

DM2571 User Manual240

REMOTE CONTROL

3. The View & Modify Configuration page allows you to:• View the instrument name, firmware revision of
the Ethernet card, IP address and MAC address.
• Set the IP address to DHCP or static.
• Configure the module host name and theparameters of TCP & telnet.
• Modify the web password.
• Restore the Ethernet to the factory default
settings (equivalent to the INIT function).
• Reset: reboot to make the new setting take effectwhen any parameter is modified.

Command Syntax
Compatible
Standard

IEEE488.2

Partial compatibility

SCPI, 1994

Partial compatibility

Command
Structure

SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments)
commands follow a tree-like structure, organized into nodes.
Each level of the command tree is a node. Each keyword in a
SCPI command represents each node in the command tree.
Each keyword (node) of a SCPI command is separated by acolon (:).
For example, the diagram below shows an SCPI sub-structure
and a command example.
CONFigure
CONFigure:VOLTage:DC:DC

Command
Types:VOLTage

:AC

:DCAC

There are a number of different instrument commands andqueries. A command sends instructions or data to the unit anda query receives data or status information from the unit.
Command types
SimpleA single command with/without a parameter

ExampleCONFigure:VOLTage:DC241

DM2571 User Manual

Command
Forms

Query

A query is a simple or compound command
followed by a question mark (?). A parameter(data) is returned.

ExampleCONFigure:RANGe?

Commands and queries have two different forms, long andshort. The command syntax is written with the short form of
the command in capitals and the remainder (long form) inlower case.
The commands can be written either in capitals or lower-case,just so long as the short or long forms are complete. An
incomplete command will not be recognized.
Below are examples of correctly written commands.
Long form
CONFigure:DIODeCONFIGURE:DIODE
Configure:diode
Short form

SquareBrackets

CONF:DIOD
conf:diodCommands that contain square brackets indicate that thecontents are optional. The function of the command is thesame with or without the square bracketed items, as shown
below. For example, for the query:[SENSe:]UNIT?
Both SENSe:UNIT? and UNIT? are valid forms.

CommandFormatCONFigure:VOLTage:DC

500
2

1

3

1. Command header

3. Parameter 1

2. Space
CommonInput
Parameters

242

Type

Description

Example<Boolean>boolean logic

0, 1

<NR1>

integers

0, 1, 2, 3

<NR2>

decimal numbers

0.1, 3.14, 8.5

REMOTE CONTROL<NR3>

floating point with exponent

4.5e-1, 8.25e+1<NRf>

any of NR1, 2, 3

1, 1.5, 4.5e-1[MIN](Optional
parameter)

For commands, this will set the setting to thelowest value. This parameter can be used inplace of any numerical parameter whereindicated.
For queries, it will return the lowest possible
value allowed for the particular setting.

[MAX](Optional
parameter)

For commands, this will set the setting to thehighest value. This parameter can be used inplace of any numerical parameter whereindicated.
For queries, it will return the highest possible
value allowed for the particular setting.

DEF

For commands, this will set the setting to thedefault value. This parameter can be used inplace of any numerical parameter whereindicated.
For queries, it will return the default value
allowed for the particular setting.

Automatic
parameter
range
selection

The DM2571 automatically sets the command parameter to thenext available value.

Exampleconf:volt:dc 3
This will set the measurement item to DC
Voltage and the range to 10V. There is no3V range so the DMM selects the next
available range, 10V.

Message
Terminator(EOL)

RemoteCommandMarks the end of a command line. The
following messages are in accordance with
IEEE488.2 standard.
LF, CR, CR+LF,
LF+CR

Message
Separator

EOL or ;(semicolon)

The most common
EOL character is
CR+LF

Command Separator

243

DM2571 User Manual

Command Set
ABORt ...................................................................................................... 259
FETCh[X]? ............................................................................................... 259
INITiate[:IMMediate] ............................................................................... 260
R? [<reading_number>] ............................................................................ 260
READ?...................................................................................................... 261
VAL? ......................................................................................................... 261
VAL1? ....................................................................................................... 261
VAL2? ....................................................................................................... 261
ROUTe:TERMinate? ................................................................................ 261
TIME:SYNC:SERVer ............................................................................... 261
TIME:SYNC:SERVer? ............................................................................. 261
CALCulate:CLEar[:IMMediate]............................................................... 262
CALCulate:DATA? ................................................................................... 262
CALCulate:FUNCtion .............................................................................. 262
CALCulate:FUNCtion? ............................................................................ 262
CALCulate:HOLD:REFerence ................................................................. 262
CALCulate:HOLD:REFerence? ............................................................... 262
CALCulate:STATe .................................................................................... 262
CALCulate:STATe? .................................................................................. 262
CALCulate:AVERage:ALL? .................................................................... 262
CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage? ............................................................ 262
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar[:IMMediate] .............................................. 263
CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt? ................................................................ 263
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum? .......................................................... 263
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum? ........................................................... 263
CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak? ................................................................ 263
CALCulate:AVERage:SDEViation? ......................................................... 263
CALCulate:AVERage[:STATe]................................................................. 263
CALCulate:AVERage[:STATe]? ............................................................... 263
CALCulate:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate] .................................................... 263
CALCulate:LIMit:BEEPer:MODE ........................................................... 263
CALCulate:LIMit:BEEPer:MODE? ......................................................... 263
CALCulate:LIMit:DATA? ........................................................................ 264
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] .......................................................... 264
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]?......................................................... 264
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] ............................................................ 264

244

REMOTE CONTROLCALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]? .......................................................... 264
CALCulate:LIMit[:STATe] ....................................................................... 264
CALCulate:LIMit[:STATe]? ..................................................................... 264
CALCulate:DB:REFerence ...................................................................... 264
CALCulate:DB:REFerence? .................................................................... 264
CALCulate:DB:REFerence:METHod ...................................................... 265
CALCulate:DB:REFerence:METHod? .................................................... 265
CALCulate:DBM:REFerence ................................................................... 265
CALCulate:DBM:REFerence? ................................................................. 265
CALCulate:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO .................................................... 265
CALCulate:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO? .................................................. 265
CALCulate:MATH:MMFactor ................................................................. 265
CALCulate:MATH:MMFactor? ............................................................... 265
CALCulate:MATH:MBFactor .................................................................. 265
CALCulate:MATH:MBFactor? ................................................................ 265
CALCulate:MATH:PERCent ................................................................... 266
CALCulate:MATH:PERCent? .................................................................. 266
CALCulate:TCHart[:STATe] .................................................................... 266
CALCulate:TCHart [:STATe]? ................................................................. 266
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe] ........................................ 266
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]?....................................... 266
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:ALL? ............................................ 266
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:CLEar[:IMMediate] ..................... 266
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt? ....................................... 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:DATA?.......................................... 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts .......................................... 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts? ........................................ 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO............................. 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO? ........................... 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer ............................ 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer? .......................... 267
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer ............................. 268
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer? ........................... 268
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe] ........................................ 268
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]?....................................... 268
CONFigure? ............................................................................................. 268
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC ..................................................................... 268
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]:RATio ....................................................... 269

245

DM2571 User Manual
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC ...................................................................... 269
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC] ..................................................................... 269
CONFigure:CURRent:AC ........................................................................ 269
CONFigure:RESistance ............................................................................ 270
CONFigure:FRESistance .......................................................................... 270
CONFigure:FREQuency ........................................................................... 270
CONFigure:PERiod .................................................................................. 270
CONFigure:CAPacitance .......................................................................... 270
CONFigure:CONTinuity .......................................................................... 271
CONFigure:DIODe ................................................................................... 271
CONFigure:TEMPerature ......................................................................... 271
CONFigure2[:VOLTage]:DC .................................................................... 272
CONFigure2[:VOLTage]:AC .................................................................... 272
CONFigure2:CURRent[:DC] ................................................................... 272
CONFigure2:CURRent:AC ...................................................................... 272
CONFigure2:FREQuency ......................................................................... 272
CONFigure2:PERiod ................................................................................ 273
CONFigure2:OFF ..................................................................................... 273
DATA[X]:LAST?...................................................................................... 273
DATA:POINts? ......................................................................................... 273
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold ........................................................... 273
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold? ......................................................... 273
DATA:REMove? <reading_number>,[WAIT] .......................................... 274
DIGital:INTerface:MODE ........................................................................ 275
DIGital:INTerface:MODE? ...................................................................... 275
DIGital:INTerface:DATA:OUTPut ........................................................... 275
DIGital:INTerface:DATA:SETup.............................................................. 275
DISPlay[:STATe] ...................................................................................... 275
DISPlay[:STATe]?..................................................................................... 275
DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar .............................................................................. 275
DISPlay:TEXT[:DATA] ........................................................................... 276
DISPlay:TEXT:[:DATA]? ......................................................................... 276
DISPlay:VIEW ......................................................................................... 276
DISPlay:VIEW? ....................................................................................... 276
MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC? ...................................................................... 276
MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]:RATio? ........................................................ 276
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC? ...................................................................... 277
MEASure:CURRent[:DC]? ...................................................................... 277

246

REMOTE CONTROL
MEASure:CURRent:AC? ......................................................................... 277
MEASure:RESistance? ............................................................................. 277
MEASure:FRESistance? .......................................................................... 278
MEASure:FREQuency? ........................................................................... 278
MEASure:PERiod? ................................................................................... 278
MEASure:CAPacitance ............................................................................ 278
MEASure:CONTinuity? ........................................................................... 278
MEASure:DIODe? ................................................................................... 278
MEASure:TEMPerature? ......................................................................... 279
MEASure2[:VOLTage]:DC? .................................................................... 280
MEASure2[:VOLTage]:AC? .................................................................... 280
MEASure2:CURRent[:DC]? .................................................................... 280
MEASure2:CURRent:AC? ....................................................................... 280
MEASure2:FREQuency? ......................................................................... 281
MEASure2:PERiod? ................................................................................. 281[SENSe:]FUNCtion[X] ............................................................................ 282[SENSe:]FUNCtion[X]? ........................................................................... 282[SENSe:]DATA? ....................................................................................... 282[SENSe:]DIGital:SHIFt ............................................................................ 282[SENSe:]DIGital:SHIFt? .......................................................................... 282[SENSe:]UNIT ......................................................................................... 282[SENSe:]UNIT? ....................................................................................... 282[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt[X] ................................................................ 283[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt[X]? .............................................................. 283[SENSe:]AVERage:STATe[X] .................................................................. 283[SENSe:]AVERage:STATe[X]? ................................................................ 283[SENSe:]AVERage:TCONtrol[X] ............................................................ 283[SENSe:]AVERage:TCONtrol[X]? .......................................................... 283[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow[X] ............................................................. 283[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow[X]? ........................................................... 283[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow:METHod[X] ............................................ 284[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow:METHod[X]?........................................... 284[SENSe:]CAPacitance:CABLe:CALibratoin ........................................... 284[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe ................................................................ 284[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe? .............................................................. 284[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe:AUTO .................................................... 284[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe:AUTO? .................................................. 284[SENSe:]CONTinuity:NPLCycles ........................................................... 285

247

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]CONTinuity:NPLCycles? .......................................................... 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:RESolution ........................................................... 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:RESolution? .......................................................... 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:THReshold ............................................................ 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:THReshold? .......................................................... 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:TRIGger:DELay ................................................... 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:TRIGger:DELay? ................................................. 285[SENSe:]CONTinuity:ZERO:AUTO ....................................................... 286[SENSe:]CONTinuity:ZERO:AUTO? ...................................................... 286[SENSe:]DIODe:NPLCycles .................................................................... 286[SENSe:]DIODe:NPLCycles? .................................................................. 286[SENSe:]DIODe:RESolution .................................................................... 286[SENSe:]DIODe:RESolution? .................................................................. 286[SENSe:]DIODe:TRIGger:DELay ........................................................... 286[SENSe:]DIODe:TRIGger:DELay? ......................................................... 286[SENSe:]DIODe:ZERO:AUTO ................................................................ 287[SENSe:]DIODe:ZERO:AUTO? .............................................................. 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO ........................................... 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO? ......................................... 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLCycles ....................................................... 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLCycles? ..................................................... 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL[:STATe] ................................................ 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]? .............................................. 287[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue .................................................. 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue? ................................................ 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO ...................................... 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO? .................................... 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe ............................................................ 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe? .......................................................... 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO ................................................ 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC:]RANGe:AUTO? .............................................. 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution ....................................................... 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution? ..................................................... 288[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay .............................................. 289[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay? ............................................ 289[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO ................................................... 289[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO? ................................................. 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth ....................................................... 289

248

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth? ..................................................... 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL[:STATe]................................................... 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL[:STATe]? ................................................. 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue .................................................... 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue? ................................................... 289[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO ........................................ 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ....................................... 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe............................................................... 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe? ............................................................. 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO .................................................. 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO? ................................................. 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:TRIGger:DELay ................................................. 290[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:TRIGger:DELay? ............................................... 290[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLCycles ...................................................... 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLCycles? ..................................................... 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL[:STATe] ................................................ 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]? .............................................. 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue .................................................. 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue? ................................................ 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO...................................... 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALueAUTO? ..................................... 291[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe ............................................................ 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe? .......................................................... 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO................................................ 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO? .............................................. 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution ...................................................... 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution? .................................................... 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TERMinals ...................................................... 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TERMinals? .................................................... 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay .............................................. 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay? ............................................ 292[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO .................................................. 293[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?................................................. 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth ....................................................... 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth? ..................................................... 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL[:STATe] .................................................. 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL[:STATe]?................................................. 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue .................................................... 293

249

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue? ................................................... 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO ........................................ 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ....................................... 293[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe............................................................... 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe? ............................................................. 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO................................................... 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO? ................................................. 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TERMinals ......................................................... 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TERMinals? ....................................................... 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TRIGger:DELay ................................................. 294[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TRIGger:DELay? ............................................... 294[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLCycles ............................................................. 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLCycles? ........................................................... 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL[:STATe]....................................................... 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL[:STATe]? ..................................................... 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue ........................................................ 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue? ....................................................... 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO ............................................ 295[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ........................................... 295[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe................................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe? ................................................................. 296[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO ...................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO? ..................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution ............................................................. 296[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution? ........................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:TRIGger:DELay ..................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:TRIGger:DELay? ................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO ......................................................... 296[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO? ....................................................... 296[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLCycles ........................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLCycles? ......................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL[:STATe] .................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL[:STATe]?................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue ...................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue? .................................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO .......................................... 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ........................................ 297[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe ................................................................ 297

250

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe? .............................................................. 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO .................................................... 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO? .................................................. 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution ........................................................... 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution? ......................................................... 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:TRIGger:DELay .................................................. 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:TRIGger:DELay? ................................................ 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:ZERO:AUTO ....................................................... 298[SENSe:]FRESistance:ZERO:AUTO? ..................................................... 298[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture .............................................................. 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture? ............................................................ 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe ................................................ 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe? .............................................. 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO .................................... 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO? .................................. 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:INPutjack .............................................................. 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:INPutjack? ............................................................ 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL[:STATe] ..................................................... 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL[:STATe]? ................................................... 299[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue ....................................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue? ..................................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue:AUTO ........................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ......................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:TIMeout:AUTO .................................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:TIMeout:AUTO? .................................................. 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:TRIGger:DELay ................................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:TRIGger:DELay? ................................................. 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe ................................................ 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe? ............................................... 300[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO .................................... 301[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? ................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture ..................................................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture? ................................................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe ....................................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe? ...................................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO ........................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO? .......................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:INPutjack ..................................................................... 301

251

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]PERiod:INPutjack?.................................................................... 301[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL[:STATe] ............................................................ 302[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL[:STATe]? ........................................................... 302[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue .............................................................. 302[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue? ............................................................. 302[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue:AUTO .................................................. 302[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue:AUTO?................................................. 302[SENSe:]PERiod:TIMeout:AUTO ........................................................... 302[SENSe:]PERiod:TIMeout:AUTO?.......................................................... 302[SENSe:]PERiod:TRIGger:DELay........................................................... 302[SENSe:]PERiod:TRIGger:DELay? ......................................................... 302[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe ........................................................ 303[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe? ...................................................... 303[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO ............................................ 303[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? .......................................... 303[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLCycles .......................................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLCycles? ........................................................ 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL[:STATe] ................................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL[:STATe]?.................................................. 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue ..................................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue? ................................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue:AUTO ......................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue:AUTO? ....................................... 304[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RESolution .......................................................... 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RESolution? ........................................................ 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE ............................................ 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE? .......................................... 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRIGger:DELay ................................................. 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRIGger:DELay?................................................ 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO ...................................................... 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO? .................................................... 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated ........................................ 305[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated? ....................................... 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO ............................ 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO? ........................... 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:OFFSet ............... 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:OFFSet? ............. 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:TEMPerature? .... 306

252

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TCOuple:TYPE .................................................. 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TCOuple:TYPE? ................................................ 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:ALPHa ....................................................... 306[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:ALPHa? ..................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:BETA ......................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:BETA? ....................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:DELTa ........................................................ 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:DELTa? ...................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]............................ 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]? .......................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:TYPE ......................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:TYPE?........................................................ 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:ALPHa ..................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:ALPHa? ................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:BETA ....................................................... 307[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:BETA? ..................................................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:DELTa ...................................................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:DELTa? .................................................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence] ......................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?........................ 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:TYPE ....................................................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:TYPE? ..................................................... 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:APARameter ................................. 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:APARameter?................................ 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:BPARameter .................................. 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:BPARameter? ................................ 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:CPARameter .................................. 308[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:CPARameter? ................................ 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:TYPE ............................................ 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:TYPE? ........................................... 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:APARameter ................................. 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:APARameter? ............................... 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:BPARameter ................................. 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:BPARameter? ................................ 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:CPARameter ................................. 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:CPARameter? ................................ 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:TYPE ............................................ 309[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:TYPE?........................................... 309

253

DM2571 User Manual
SAMPle:COUNt ....................................................................................... 310
SAMPle:COUNt? ..................................................................................... 310
TRIGger:COUNt ...................................................................................... 310
TRIGger:COUNt? ..................................................................................... 310
TRIGger:DELay ....................................................................................... 310
TRIGger:DELay? ..................................................................................... 310
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO ........................................................................... 310
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO? ......................................................................... 311
TRIGger:SLOPe ....................................................................................... 311
TRIGger:SLOPe? ..................................................................................... 311
TRIGger:SOURce ..................................................................................... 312
TRIGger:SOURce? ................................................................................... 312
OUTPut:TRIGger:SLOPe ......................................................................... 313
OUTPut:TRIGger:SLOPe? ....................................................................... 313
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] ................................................................ 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor .......................................................................... 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor? ........................................................................ 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe .......................................................................... 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe? ........................................................................ 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:COMPare:VOLume ..................................................... 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:COMPare:VOLume? ................................................... 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTinuity:VOLume ................................................. 314
SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTinuity:VOLume? ............................................... 315
SYSTem:BEEPer:HOLD:VOLume .......................................................... 315
SYSTem:BEEPer:HOLD:VOLume? ........................................................ 315
SYSTem:CLICk:STATe ............................................................................ 315
SYSTem:CLICk:STATe? .......................................................................... 315
SYSTem:DATE......................................................................................... 315
SYSTem:DATE? ....................................................................................... 315
SYSTem:DISPlay ..................................................................................... 315
SYSTem:DISPlay? .................................................................................... 315
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? ........................................................................ 315
SYSTem:IDNStr ....................................................................................... 316
SYSTem:IDNStr? ..................................................................................... 316
SYSTem:LABel ........................................................................................ 316
SYSTem:LABel? ...................................................................................... 316
SYSTem:LFRequency?............................................................................. 316
SYSTem:OUTPut:EOF ............................................................................. 316

254

REMOTE CONTROLSYSTem:OUTPut:EOF? ........................................................................... 316
SYSTem:OUTPut:SEParate ..................................................................... 316
SYSTem:OUTPut:SEParate? .................................................................... 317
SYSTem:PARameter:LOAD .................................................................... 317
SYSTem:PARameter:LOAD? .................................................................. 317
SYSTem:PARameter:SAVE ..................................................................... 317
SYSTem:PRESet ...................................................................................... 317
SYSTem:SCPi:MODE .............................................................................. 317
SYSTem:SCPi:MODE? ............................................................................ 317
SYSTem:SERial?...................................................................................... 317
SYSTem:TEMPerature? ........................................................................... 317
SYSTem:TIME ......................................................................................... 318
SYSTem:TIME? ....................................................................................... 318
SYSTem:UPTime? ................................................................................... 318
SYSTem:VERSion?.................................................................................. 318
SYSTem:WMESsage................................................................................ 318
SYSTem:WMESsage? .............................................................................. 318
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess ............................................... 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess? ............................................. 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP...................................................... 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP? .................................................... 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS[X] ................................................... 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS[X]? ................................................. 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway ................................................ 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway?............................................... 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname ............................................. 319
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname? ........................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress ............................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress? ............................................. 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC? ..................................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk ................................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk?.................................................. 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ECHO ....................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ECHO? ..................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ENABle .................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ENABle?................................... 320
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PORT ........................................ 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PORT? ...................................... 321

255

DM2571 User Manual
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt .................................... 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt? .................................. 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:TIMeout .................................... 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:TIMeout? .................................. 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage ............................... 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?.............................. 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:ENABle .......................................... 321
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:ENABle?......................................... 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:PORT .............................................. 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:PORT? ............................................ 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TIMeout .................................................. 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TIMeout?................................................. 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:WEB:ENABle ......................................... 322
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:WEB:ENABle? ....................................... 322
SYSTem:LOCal ........................................................................................ 323
SYSTem:REMote ..................................................................................... 323
SYSTem:RWLock .................................................................................... 323
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? ............................................................. 324
STATus:OPERation:ENABle .................................................................... 324
STATus:OPERation:ENABle? .................................................................. 324
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? ................................................................. 324
STATus:PRESet ........................................................................................ 324
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? ........................................................ 325
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle ............................................................... 325
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle? ............................................................. 325
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? ............................................................ 325*CLS ......................................................................................................... 326*ESE? ....................................................................................................... 326*ESE ......................................................................................................... 326*ESR? ....................................................................................................... 326*IDN? ....................................................................................................... 326*OPC? ....................................................................................................... 327*OPC ........................................................................................................ 327*OPT? ....................................................................................................... 327*PSC ......................................................................................................... 327*PSC? ....................................................................................................... 328*RCL ........................................................................................................ 328*RST ......................................................................................................... 328

256

REMOTE CONTROL*SAV ........................................................................................................ 328*SRE? ....................................................................................................... 328*SRE ......................................................................................................... 328*STB? ....................................................................................................... 328*TRG ........................................................................................................ 329*WAI ........................................................................................................ 329

257

DM2571 User Manual

Speed & NPLC & Resolution Relation Table
Speed

5/s

20/s

60(50)/s

100/s

400/s

1.2k/s

2.4k/s

4.8k/s

7.2k/s

10k/s

NPLC(16.6ms)

12

3

1

0.6

0.15

0.05

0.025

0.01250.0083

0.006

Resolution(Range * PPM)
Range\PPM

1

2

3

10

20

50

100

200

400

500

1n

1.0E-15

2.0E-15

3.0E-15

1.0E-142.0E-14

5.0E-14

1.0E-132.0E-13

4.0E-13

5.0E-1310n

1.0E-142.0E-14

3.0E-14

1.0E-132.0E-13

5.0E-13

1.0E-122.0E-124.0E-125.0E-12100n

1.0E-132.0E-133.0E-13

1.0E-122.0E-125.0E-121.0E-112.0E-11

4.0E-11

5.0E-111μ1.0E-122.0E-123.0E-121.0E-112.0E-11

5.0E-11

1.0E-102.0E-10

4.0E-105.0E-1010μ1.0E-112.0E-11

3.0E-11

1.0E-102.0E-105.0E-101.0E-09

2.0E-09

4.0E-09

5.0E-09100μ1.0E-102.0E-103.0E-101.0E-09

2.0E-09

5.0E-09

1.0E-082.0E-08

4.0E-08

5.0E-081m

1.0E-09

2.0E-09

3.0E-09

1.0E-082.0E-08

5.0E-08

1.0E-072.0E-074.0E-07

5.0E-0710m

1.0E-082.0E-083.0E-08

1.0E-072.0E-07

5.0E-07

1.0E-06

2.0E-06

4.0E-06

5.0E-06100m

1.0E-072.0E-073.0E-07

1.0E-06

2.0E-06

5.0E-06

1.0E-05

2.0E-05

4.0E-05

5.0E-051

1.0E-06

2.0E-06

3.0E-06

1.0E-05

2.0E-05

5.0E-05

1.0E-04

2.0E-04

4.0E-04

5.0E-043

3.0E-06

6.0E-06

9.0E-06

3.0E-05

6.0E-05

1.5E-04

3.0E-04

6.0E-04

1.2E-03

1.5E-0310

1.0E-05

2.0E-05

3.0E-05

1.0E-04

2.0E-04

5.0E-04

1.0E-032.0E-03

4.0E-035.0E-03100

1.0E-04

2.0E-04

3.0E-04

1.0E-032.0E-035.0E-03

1.0E-022.0E-02

4.0E-02

5.0E-021k

1.0E-032.0E-033.0E-03

1.0E-022.0E-02

5.0E-02

1.0E-01

2.0E-01

4.0E-01

5.0E-0110k

1.0E-022.0E-02

3.0E-02

1.0E-01

2.0E-01

5.0E-01

1.0E+00

2.0E+00

4.0E+00

5.0E+00100k

1.0E-01

2.0E-01

3.0E-01

1.0E+00

2.0E+00

5.0E+00

1.0E+01

2.0E+01

4.0E+01

5.0E+01

1M

1.0E+00

2.0E+00

3.0E+00

1.0E+01

2.0E+01

5.0E+01

1.0E+02

2.0E+02

4.0E+02

5.0E+02

10M

1.0E+01

2.0E+01

3.0E+01

1.0E+02

2.0E+02

5.0E+02

1.0E+03

2.0E+03

4.0E+03

5.0E+03

100M

1.0E+02

2.0E+02

3.0E+02

1.0E+03

2.0E+03

5.0E+03

1.0E+04

2.0E+04

4.0E+04

5.0E+04

Note

258

The above contents of table are only references to NPLC and Resolution metioned within SCPI commands.

REMOTE CONTROLOther Commands
ABORt

Aborts a measurement in progress, returning the instrument to the trigger idle
state.
●Use this to abort a measurement when the instrument is waiting for a trigger,or for aborting a long measurement or series of measurements.

FETCh[X]?

Waits for measurements to complete and copies all available measurements tothe instrument's output buffer. The readings remain in reading memory.
X = null or 1 indicate 1st display value, X = 2 indicate 2nd display value
Example: SAMP:COUN 3
INIT
FETC?
Returns: -4.98748741E-01,-4.35163427E-01,-4.33118686E-01●The FETCh? query does not erase measurements from the reading memory.
You can send the query multiple times to retrieve the same data.
●You can store up to 10,000 measurements in the reading memory of theDM2571. If reading memory overflows,new measurements overwrite theoldest measurements stored; the most recent measurements are always
preserved. No error is generated, but the Reading Mem Ovfl bit (bit 14) is set
in the Questionable Data Register's condition register.

259

DM2571 User Manual

INITiate[:IMMediate]

Changes the state of the triggering system from "idle" to "wait-for-trigger",and clears the previous set of measurements from reading memory.
Measurements begin when the specified trigger conditions are satisfied
following the receipt of INIT.
Example: CONF:VOLT:DC 10
SAMP:COUN 5
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
*TRG
FETC?
●Storing measurements in reading memory with INITiate is faster thansending measurements to the instrument's output buffer using READ?
(provided you do not send FETCh? until done). The INITiate command is also
an "overlapped" command. This means that after executing INITiate, you cansend other commands that do not affect the measurements.
●To retrieve the measurements from the reading memory, use FETCh?. Use
DATA:REMove? or R? to read and erase all or part of the available
measurements.
●Use ABORt to return to idle.

R? [<reading_number>]Reads and erases measurements from reading memory up to the specified<reading_number>.
The measurements are read and erased from the reading memory starting withthe oldest measurement first.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 5
INIT
R? 4
Returns:#263-1.12816521E-04,-1.13148354E-04,-1.13485152E-04,-1.13365632E-04“#2” represents the length of readback data is 2 digits.
“63” represents the total length of readback data.
●If you do not specify a value for <reading_numbe>, all measurements areread and erased.
Ex: SAMP:COUN 2INITR?
Returns: #231-1.12816521E-04,-1.13148354E-04●The R? and DATA:REMove? queries can be used during a long series ofreadings to periodically remove readings from memory that would normallycause the reading memory to overflow. R? does not wait for all readings tocomplete. It sends the readings that are complete at the time the instrument
receives the command.
●Use Read? or Fetch? if you want the instrument to wait until all readings arecomplete before sending readings.
●No error is generated if the reading memory contains less readings thanrequested. In this case, all available readings in memory are read and deleted.

260

REMOTE CONTROLREAD?

Returns 1st display value.
Return parameter: <NRf>, Ex: -1.13148354E-04●The Read query will not return the unit or count number of the reading.
●Sending READ? is similar to sending INITi te followed immediately by
FETCh?

VAL?

VAL1?

VAL2?

Returns the 1st and 2nd display value.
Example: SAMP:COUN 5
VAL?
>+0.33452387E-4,+0.38954687E-4>+0.32897125E-4,+0.32764551E-4> etc, for 5 counts.
Queries 5 counts of stored samples from the reading memory.
Returns the 1st display value.
Example: SAMP:COUN 5
VAL1?
>+0.33452387E-4>+0.32897125E -4> etc, for 5 counts.
Queries 5 counts of stored samples from the 1st display.
Returns the 2nd display value.
Example: SAMP:COUN 5
VAL2?
>+0.38954687E -4>+0.32764551E -4> etc, for 5 counts.
Queries 5 counts of stored samples from the 2nd display.

ROUTe:TERMinate?

Indicates which input terminals are selected on the front panel Front/Rearswitch. This
switch is not programmable; this query reports the position of the switch, butcannot change it.
Return parameter: FRON | REAR

TIME:SYNC:SERVer

Sets the server source for time sync of the 2nd group.
Parameter: ”<server>”, max length = 22 characters.
Example: TIME:SYNC:SERV “time-nv.nist.gov”

TIME:SYNC:SERVer?

Returns the server source for time sync of the 2nd group.
Return parameter: ”<server>”, Ex: “time-nv.nist.gov”

261

DM2571 User Manual

CALCulate Commands
CALCulate:CLEar[:IMMediate]

Clears all of the compare results, statistic calculation value, histogram
calculation value, and measurement value.
Parameter: <None>
Example: CALC:CLE:IMM

CALCulate:DATA?

Returns uncalculated original measurement.

CALCulate:FUNCtion

Sets the Advanced function.
Parameter: OFF | HOLD | DB | DBM | LIM | MXB | INV | REF
Example: CALC:FUNC DB
Sets the Advanced function to DB mode

CALCulate:FUNCtion?

Returns the current Advanced function.
Return parameter: OFF | HOLD | DB | DBM | LIM | MXB | INV | REF

CALCulate:HOLD:REFerence

Sets the percentage threshold for the Hold function.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.01, 0.1, 1, 10)
Example: CALC:HOLD:REF 10
Sets the hold percentage to 10%.

CALCulate:HOLD:REFerence?

Returns the percentage threshold from the Hold function.
Return parameter: 0.01 | 0.1 | 1 | 10

CALCulate:STATe

Turns the Advanced function on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:STAT OFF
Turns the Advanced function off.

CALCulate:STATe?

Returns the status of the Advanced function.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CALCulate:AVERage:ALL?

Returns all of the statistic calculation values.
Return parameter: average, standard deviation, minimum, maximum values.

CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage?
Returns the average value.
Return parameter: <NRf>

262

REMOTE CONTROLCALCulate:AVERage:CLEar[:IMMediate]
Clears all of the statistic calculation values.
Parameter: <None>
Example: CALC:AVER:CLE:IMM

CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt?

Returns the total count of statistic.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum?
Returns the maximum value.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?
Returns the minimum value.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak?

Returns the peak to peak value (max value – min value).
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:AVERage:SDEViation?

Returns the Standard Deviation value.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:AVERage[:STATe]

Turns the statistic calculation function on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:AVER:STAT 0N
Turns the statistic calculation function on.

CALCulate:AVERage[:STATe]?

Returns the statistic calculation function state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CALCulate:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate]
Clears compare function result counts

CALCulate:LIMit:BEEPer:MODE

Sets the beeper alarm mode of the compare function.
Parameter: OFF | PASS | FAIL
Example: CALC:LIM:BEEP:MODE:PASS
Sets the pass alarm to compare function.

CALCulate:LIMit:BEEPer:MODE?

Returns the beeper alarm mode of the compare function.
Return Parameter: OFF | PASS | FAIL

263

DM2571 User Manual
CALCulate:LIMit:DATA?

Returns the low / high fail count of the compare function.
Return Parameter: <NR1>

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]

Sets the lower limit value of the compare function.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.2E+08 to 1.2E+08) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:LIM:LOW:DATA -1.0
Sets the lower limit to -1.0

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]?

Returns the lower limit value of the compare function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]

Sets the upper limit value of the compare function.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.2E+08 to 1.2E+08) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:LIM:UPP:DATA 1.0
Sets the upper limit to 1.0

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]?

Returns the upper limit value of the compare function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:LIMit[:STATe]

Sets the status on/off for the compare function.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:LIM:STAT 1
Sets the compare function to on.

CALCulate:LIMit[:STATe]?

Returns the status of the compare function.

CALCulate:DB:REFerence

Sets the reference value for the dB function.
Parameter: <NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF
RefMethod:
Voltage: (-1200 to 1200 V)
dBm: (-200.0 to 200 dBm)
Example: CALC:DB:REF MAX
Sets the reference value for dB measurements to the maximum allowed.

CALCulate:DB:REFerence?

Returns the reference value from the dB function.
Return parameter: <NRf>264

REMOTE CONTROLCALCulate:DB:REFerence:METHod

Sets the unit of reference value for the dB function.
Parameter: VOLTage | DBM
Example: CALC:DB:REF:METH DBM
Sets the unit to dbm of reference value for dB function.

CALCulate:DB:REFerence:METHod?

Returns the unit of reference value from the dB function.
Return parameter: Voltage | dBm

CALCulate:DBM:REFerence

Sets the resistance value for the dBm function.
Parameter: <NR1> (2, 4, 8, 16, 50, 75, 93, 110, 124, 125, 135, 150, 250, 300,
500, 600, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 8000) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:DBM:REF MAX
Sets the resistance value for dBm measurements to the maximum allowed.

CALCulate:DBM:REFerence?

Returns the resistance value from the dBm function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO

Sets the first measurement as the reference value.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:SCAL:REF:AUTO ON
Sets the reference value auto setting on for dB measurement.

CALCulate:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO?

Returns the auto setting status of the dB function.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CALCulate:MATH:MMFactor

Sets the scale factor M for math measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:MATH:MMF MIN
Sets the scale factor M to the minimum allowed value.

CALCulate:MATH:MMFactor?

Returns the scale factor M used in the math measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:MATH:MBFactor

Sets the offset factor B for math measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:MATH:MBF MIN
Sets the offset factor B to the minimum allowed value.

CALCulate:MATH:MBFactor?

Returns the offset factor B used in the math measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>265

DM2571 User Manual
CALCulate:MATH:PERCent

Sets the reference value for the Percent function.
Parameter: <NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:MATH:PERC MAX
Sets the reference value for the Percent function to the maximum.

CALCulate:MATH:PERCent?

Returns the reference value setting for the Percent function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:TCHart[:STATe]

Turns the trend chart function on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:TCH:STAT 0N
Turns the trend chart function on.

CALCulate:TCHart [:STATe]?

Returns the trend chart function state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]
Turns the histogram function on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:STAT OFF
Turns the histogram function OFF.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]?
Returns the histogram function state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:ALL?

Returns all of the histogram calculation values.
Return parameter: lower limit, upper limit, total count and all of the histogram
data.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
histogram data: refer to “CALC:TRAN:HIST:DATA”
Example: SAMP:COUN 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POIN 100
CALC:TRAN:HIST:STAT ON
INIT
CALC:TRAN:HIST:ALL?
Returns: -1.37201300E-04,-1.17674251E-04,+8,+0………..+0<1><2><3> <4>

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:CLEar[ :IMMediate]
Clears all of the histogram calculation values.
Parameter: <None>
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:CLE:IMM

266

REMOTE CONTROLCALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt?
Returns the total counts of histogram function.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +125

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:DATA?

Returns all of the histogram data.
Return parameter: low than lower limit count, histogram data and high thanupper limit count.
<1>
<2>
<3>
Example: SAMP:COUN 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POIN 100
CALC:TRAN:HIST:STAT ON
INIT
CALC:TRAN:HIST:DATA?
Returns: +0,+0,+0,+0,+0,+1,+1,+1,+1………..+0<1> <2><3>

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts

Sets the number of bins between the lower and upper range values for thehistogram.
Parameter: <NR1> (10, 20, 40, 100, 200, 400) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:POIN MAX
Sets the number of bins for the histogram to the maximum allowed.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts?

Returns the number of bins for the histogram.
Return parameter: +10 | +20 | +40 | +100 | +200 | +400.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO

Turns the auto setting on/off of the histogram's lower and upper range values.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANG:AUTO 0FF
Turns the auto setting off of the histogram's lower and upper range values.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the auto setting state of the histogram's lower and upper range values.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer

Sets the lower range value of the histogram function.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.0E+15 to 1.0E+15) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANG:LOW -0.5
Sets the lower range value to -0.5.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer?
Returns the lower range value of the histogram function.
Return parameter: <NRf>267

DM2571 User Manual
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer

Sets the upper range value of the histogram function.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.0E+15 to 1.0E+15) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANG:UPP 1.0
Sets the upper range value to 1.0

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer?
Returns the upper range value of the histogram function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]
Turns the histogram function on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: CALC:TRAN:HIST:STAT OFF
Turns the histogram function OFF.

CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]?
Returns the histogram function state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

CONFigure Commands
CONFigure?

Return current function,range and resolution.
Example: CONF:VOLT:DC 10,MIN
CONF?
Rereuns: ”VOLT +1.00000000E+01,+1.00000000E-05”.

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC

Sets measurement to DC Voltage on the 1st display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:VOLT:DC 1,MAX
Sets the voltage range to 1V and the resolution to the maximum.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

268

REMOTE CONTROLCONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]:RATio

Sets measurement to DCV ratio mode on the 1st display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:VOLT:DC:RAT 1
Sets the DC voltage range to 1V using the default resolution.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC

Sets measurement to AC Voltage on the 1st display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: CONF:VOLT:AC
Sets the AC voltage range to auto range.

CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]

Sets measurement to DC Current on the 1st display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:CURR:DC 10e-3,DEF
Sets the DC current range to 10mA using the default resolution.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure:CURRent:AC

Sets measurement to AC Current on the 1st display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: CONF:CURR:AC 10e-2
Sets the measurement mode to AC Current with a 100mA range.

269

DM2571 User Manual
CONFigure:RESistance

Sets measurement to 2-wire Resistance on the 1st display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:RES 10e3,MIN
Sets the measurement mode to 2-wire Resistance with a 10kΩ range at thelowest resolution.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure:FRESistance

Sets measurement to 4-wire Resistance on the 1st display and specifies therange/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:FRES 1e3,MAX
Sets the measurement mode to 4-wire Resistance with a range of 1kΩ at the
maximum resolution.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure:FREQuency

Sets measurement to Frequency on the 1st display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:FREQ MIN:MAX
Sets the frequency range to max.

CONFigure:PERiod

Sets measurement to Period on the 1st display and specifies range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF:PER AUTO,MAX
Sets the measurement mode to period with a auto range.

CONFigure:CAPacitance

Sets measurement to Capcitance on the 1st display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF),]
Example: CONF:CAP 10e-7
Sets the Capcitance range to 100nF.

270REMOTE CONTROLCONFigure:CONTinuity

Sets measurement to Continuity on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None]

CONFigure:DIODe

Sets measurement to Diode on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None]

CONFigure:TEMPerature

Sets measurement to Temperature on the 1st display and specifies
type/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Probe type [, Type [, 1 [, Resolution(<NRf> | MIN |MAX | DEF)]]]]<Probe type>:TCOuple, RTD, FRTD, THERmistor, FTHermistor.
<Type>:
Tcouple: J | K | N | R | S | T | B | E | USER
RTD / FRTD : PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER
Thermistor / Fthermistor : 2200 | 5000 | 10000 | USER
Example: CONF:TEMP TCO,K
Sets the measurement mode to TCO with a type K sensor.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

271

DM2571 User Manual

Secondary Display: CONFigure2 Commands
CONFigure2[:VOLTage]:DC

Sets measurement to DC Voltage on the 2nd display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF2:VOLT:DC 1,MAX
Sets the voltage range to 1 volt and the resolution to the maximum.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure2[:VOLTage]:AC

Sets measurement to AC Voltage on the 2nd display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: CONF2:VOLT:AC
Sets the measurement mode to AC voltage on the 2nd display.

CONFigure2:CURRent[:DC]

Sets measurement to DC Current on the 2nd display and specifies
range/resolution.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF2:CURR:DC 10e-3,DEF
Sets the DC current range to 10mA using the default resolution on the 2nd
display.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

CONFigure2:CURRent:AC

Sets measurement to AC Current on the 2nd display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: CONF2:CURR:AC 10e-2
Sets the measurement mode to AC Current with a 100mA range on the 2nd
display.

CONFigure2:FREQuency

Sets measurement to Frequency on the 2nd display and specifies range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF2:FREQ MAX
Sets the frequency range to max on the 2nd display.

272

REMOTE CONTROLCONFigure2:PERiod

Sets measurement to Period on the 2nd display and specifies the range.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: CONF2:PER
Sets the measurement mode to period measurement using the auto range on
the 2nd display.

CONFigure2:OFF

Turns the 2nd display function off.
Parameter: [None]

DATA Commands
DATA[X]:LAST?

Returns the last measurement value with units taken. You can execute thisquery at any time, even during a series of measurements.
X = null or 1 indicate 1st display value, X = 2 indicate 2nd display value
Return parameter: <NRf>, Ex: +0.15900000E+01 VDC●If no data is available, +9.91000000E+37 (Not a Number) is returned withunits

DATA:POINts?

Returns the total number of measurements currently in reading memory.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +100
●You can store up to 10,000 measurements values in the reading memory of
the DM2571 or 100,000 measurements values on the DM2571.

DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold

Sets the threshold for event number of measurement.
Parameter: <NR1> 1- 100,000
Example: DATA:POIN:EVEN:THR 10
Sets the event threshold to 10.
●When measurement numbers reach the set threshold, the Bit9 within the
Operater Event Register (STATus:OPERation:EVENt.) will be set as 1.
●Once the Memory Threshold bit (bit 9 in the Operation Event register) is set,
it remains set until cleared by STATus:OPERation:EVENt? or *CLS.

DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?

Returns the event threshold number.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +10

273

DM2571 User Manual
DATA:REMove? <reading_number>,[WAIT]

Reads and erases measurement values from reading memory up to thespecified <reading_number>.
The measurement values are read and erased from the reading memory startingwith the oldest measurement first.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 10INIT
DATA :REM? 4
Returns:-1.12816521E-04,-1.13148354E-04,-1.13485152E-04,-1.13365632E-04●If you do not specify a value for <reading_number>, +9.91000000E+37 (Nota Number) is returned.
●If reading_number is greater than the latest counts of measurement, it will
return the error. However, it will return data if reading_number of counts ofmeasurement reach the set threshold only when WAIT parameter is specified.
●The R? and DATA:REMove? queries can be used during a long series ofreadings to periodically remove readings from memory that would normallycause the reading memory to overflow. R? does not wait for all readings tocomplete. It sends the readings that are complete at the time the instrument
receives the command.

274

REMOTE CONTROLDIGital INTerface Commands
DIGital:INTerface:MODE

Sets the application mode of digital I/O (Remote Control Only). For details,
refer to page 113.
Parameter: COMP | 4094 | IO
Example: DIG:INT:MDOE IO
Sets the digital I/O to IO mode.

DIGital:INTerface:MODE?

Returns the digital I/O mode.
Return parameter: COMP | 4094 | IO

DIGital:INTerface:DATA:OUTPut

When the 4094 mode (serial to parallel) is selected for digital I/O, make use ofthis cammonad to set output status.
Parameter: <NR1> (0-255), <Boolean> (0 | 1) / (serial input data, strobe pulse)
Example: DIG:INT:MDOE 4094
DIG:INT:DATA:OUPT 10,1

DIGital:INTerface:DATA:SETup

When the IO mode is selected for digital I/O, make use of this cammonads to
set output status.
Parameter: <Boolean> (0 | 1) / (OUT1, OUT2, OUT3, OUT4)
Example: DIG:INT:MDOE IO
DIG:INT:DATA:SET 0,1,0,1
Sets OUT1 to low, OUT2 to high, OUT3 to low, OUT4 to high,

DISPlay Commands
DISPlay[:STATe]

Sets TFT LCD display screen on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: DISP OFF
Turns the TFT LCD display screen OFF.

DISPlay[:STATe]?

Returns the TFT LCD display screen state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar

Clears the text message from the display.
●With DISP:STAT ON, DISP:TEXT:CLE returns the display to its normal
mode.
●With DISP:STAT OFF, DISP:TEXT:CLE clears the message and the display
remains disabled. To enable
the display, send DISPlay ON or press the front panel Shift key(Local).

275

DM2571 User Manual
DISPlay:TEXT[:DATA]

Sets the text message to TFTLCD display screen.
Parameter: ”<message>”
Example: DISP:TEXT:DATA “testing”
Prints the testing characters to TFT LCD display screen.

DISPlay:TEXT:[:DATA]?

Returns the text message of TFT LCD display screen.
Return parameter: ”<message>”, Ex: ”testing”

DISPlay:VIEW

Sets the display form of measured value.
Parameter: NUMeric | HISTogram | TCHart | METer
Example: DISP:VIEW HIST
Sets display in the histogram mode.

DISPlay:VIEW?

Returns the display form of measured value.
Return parameter: NUM | HIST | TCH | MET

MEASure Commands
MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC?

Returns the DC voltage measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:VOLT:DC? MIN> +6.64925206E-04
Returns the DC voltage measurement value as 0.6649 mV.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]:RATio?

Returns the DC ratio measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:VOLT:DC:RAT?
> +2.87393920E-03
Returns the DC ratio measurement value as 2.87393 m.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

276

REMOTE CONTROL
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC?

Returns the AC voltage measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: MEAS:VOLT:AC?
> +1.34567684E-04
Returns the AC voltage measurement value as 0.134 mV.

MEASure:CURRent[:DC]?

Returns the DC current measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:CURR:DC? 0.1> -1.09750431E-07
Returns the DC current measurement value as -0.1097 μA.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

MEASure:CURRent:AC?

Returns the AC current measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: MEAS:CURR:AC?
> +1.46445157E-07
Returns the AC current measurement value as 0.000146 mA.

MEASure:RESistance?

Returns the 2-wire resistance measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:RES? 1,MIN> +1.18137284E+06
Sets measurement mode to 2-wire resistance with a range of 1Ω at themimimum resolution and return measurement value.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

277

DM2571 User Manual
MEASure:FRESistance?

Returns the 4-wire resistance measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:FRES?
> +1.18134472E+06
Sets measurement mode to 4-wire resistance to auto range and returnmeasurement value.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

MEASure:FREQuency?

Returns the frequency measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:FREQ?
> +0.21504529E+05
Returns the frequency measurement value as 21.5 kHz.

MEASure:PERiod?

Returns the period measurement value on the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS:PER? MAX
Returns the period measurement value at the maximum range.

MEASure:CAPacitance

Returns the capcitance measurement value on the 1st display
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: MEAS:CAP?
Returns the capcitance measurement value.

MEASure:CONTinuity?

Returns the continuity measurement value on the 1st display.
Example: MEAS:CONT?
Returns the continuity measurement value.

MEASure:DIODe?

Returns the diode measurement value on the 1st display.
Example: MEAS:DIOD?
Returns the diode measurement value.

278

REMOTE CONTROL
MEASure:TEMPerature?

Returns the temperature measurement value with the selected probe and typeon the 1st display.
Parameter: [None] | [Probe type [, Type [, 1 [, Resolution(<NRf> | MIN |MAX | DEF)]]]]< Probe type >:TCOuple | RTD | FRTD | THERmistor | FTHermistor<Type>:
Tcouple: J | K | N | R | S | T | B | E
RTD / FRTD : PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER
Thermistor / Fthermistor : 2200 | 5000 | 10000 | USER
Example: MEAS:TEMP? TCO,K> +0.26561348E+02
Returns the temperature measurement value.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

279

DM2571 User Manual

Secondary Display: MEASure2 Commands
MEASure2[:VOLTage]:DC?

Returns the DC voltage measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS2:VOLT:DC? 1,MIN> +4.88519457E-04
Returns the DC voltage measurement value as 0.000488 V.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

MEASure2[:VOLTage]:AC?

Returns the AC voltage measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: MEAS2:VOLT:AC? MIN> +5.11895142E-04
Returns the AC voltage measurement value as 0.5118 mV.

MEASure2:CURRent[:DC]?

Returns the DC current measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS2:CURR:DC? 1E-4
> -1.05580457E-07
Returns the DC current measurement value as -0.1055 μA.
●Autoranging (AUTO or DEFault), will generate an error if you specify a<resolution> because the instrument cannot accurately resolve the integration
time (especially if the input continuously changes). If your application
requires autoranging, specify DEFault for the <resolution> or omit the<resolution> altogether.

MEASure2:CURRent:AC?

Returns the AC current measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX | DEF)]
Example: MEAS2:CURR:AC?
> +2.20387154E-07
Returns the AC current measurement value as 0.2203 μA.

280

REMOTE CONTROL
MEASure2:FREQuency?

Returns the frequency measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS2:FREQ?
> +0.21501429E+05
Returns the frequency measurement value as 21.5kHz.

MEASure2:PERiod?

Returns the period measurement value on the 2nd display.
Parameter: [None] | [Range(<NRf> | AUTO | MIN | MAX |DEF)[,Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)]]
Example: MEAS2:PER? MAX
Returns the period measurement value at the maximum range.

281

DM2571 User Manual

SENSe Related Commands[SENSe:]FUNCtion[X]Sets the function for the 1st or 2nd display, which X = 1 indicate 1st display, X= 2 indicate 2nd display
Parameter:(1st):"VOLT[:DC]", "VOLT:AC", "CURR[:DC]", "CURR:AC", "RES","FRES", "FREQ", "PER", "TEMP:TCO", "TEMP:RTD", "TEMP:FRTD","TEMP:THER", "TEMP:FTH", "CAP", "DIOD", "CONT"(2nd): "VOLT[:DC]", "VOLT:AC", "CURR[:DC]", "CURR:AC", "FREQ","PER", "NON"
Example: SENS:FUNC1 "VOLT:DC"
Sets the 1st display to the DCV function.

[SENSe:]FUNCtion[X]?

Returns the function displayed on the 1st or 2nd display, which X = 1 indicate
1st display, X = 2 indicate 2nd display
Return parameter:(1st): “VOLT”, “VOLT:AC”, “CURR”, “CURR:AC”, “RES”, “FRES”,“FREQ”, “PER”, “TEMP”, "CAP", “DIOD”, “CONT”(2nd): “VOLT”, “VOLT:AC”, “CURR”, “CURR:AC”, “FREQ”, “PER”,“NON”[SENSe:]DATA?

Returns the auxiliary measurement value.

[SENSe:]DIGital:SHIFt

Sets the digital shift function on or off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:DIG:SHIF ON
Turn the digital shift function on.

[SENSe:]DIGital:SHIFt?

Returns the digital shift function status.
Return parameter: 0 | 1 ,1=AUTO, 0=User selected[SENSe:]UNIT

Sets the temperature unit.
Parameter: C | F | K
Example: SENS:UNIT C
Sets the temperature unit to ˚C.

[SENSe:]UNIT?

Returns the temperature unit.
Return parameter: C | F | K

282

REMOTE CONTROLSENSe AVERage Commands[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt[X]Sets the digital filter count, which X = 1 indicate 1st display, X = 2 indicate 2nd
display.
Parameter: <NR1> (2 to 100) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:AVER:COUN 100
Sets 2nd display digital filter count number to 100.

[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt[X]?

Returns the digital filter count.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +002

[SENSe:]AVERage:STATe[X]Turns the digital filter function On/Off, which X = 1 indicate 1st display, X = 2
indicate 2nd display.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:AVER:STAT ON
Turns 1st display digital filter function on.
●If speed >= 7.2k/s, the filter function will be disabled.

[SENSe:]AVERage:STATe[X]?

Returns the state of the digital filter function (on or off).
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]AVERage:TCONtrol[X]Selects the digital filter type, which X = 1 indicate 1st display, X = 2 indicate
2nd display.
Parameter: MOV | REP
Example: SENS:AVER:TCON MOV
Sets 1st display digital filter type to the moving filter.

[SENSe:]AVERage:TCONtrol[X]?

Returns the digital filter type.
Return parameter: MOV (moving) | REP (repeating)[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow[X]Selects a digital filter window, which X = 1 indicate 1st display, X = 2 indicate
2nd display.
Parameters: 0.01 | 0.1 | 1 | 10 | NONE
Example: SENS:AVER:WIND 0.1
Sets 1st display digital filter window to 0.1%

[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow[X]?

Returns the digital filter window value.
Return parameter: 0.01 | 0.1 | 1 | 10 | NONE

283

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow:METHod[X]Selects a digital filter window method type, which X = 1 indicate 1st display,
X = 2 indicate 2nd display.
Parameters: Measure | Range
Example: SENS:AVER:WIND:METH Measure
Sets 1st display digital filter window method to the measure type

[SENSe:]AVERage:WINDow:METHod[X]?

Returns the digital filter window method type.
Return parameter: Measure | Range

SENSe CAPacitance Commands[SENSe:]CAPacitance:CABLe:CALibratoin

It is used like Relative function before capacitance measurement, (only be
used at range 1nF,10nF)
Parameter: [None]
Example: CONF:CAP 1e-9
SENS:CAP:CABL:CAL
Makes test lead to zero before capacitance measurement.

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe

Sets the Capacitance measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CAP:RANG 1e-9
Sets the capacitance range to 1nF.

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe?

Returns the capacitance measurement range.

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the Capacitance Auto-range on, off or once only.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:CAP:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns Auto-range on for capacitance measurements.

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the capacitance Auto-range settings.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

284

REMOTE CONTROLSENSe CONTinuity Commands[SENSe:]CONTinuity:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for Continuity measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (0.15 | 0.6 | 1).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CONT:NPLC MIN
Sets the integration time to the 0.15 PLCs for continuity measurement.

[SENSe:]CONTinuity:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for Continuity measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.15 | 0.6 | 1[SENSe:]CONTinuity:RESolution

Sets the Continuity measurement resolution. The resolution depends on therate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CONT:RES 0.001
Sets the Continuity resolution to 0.001[SENSe:]CONTinuity:RESolution?

Returns the Continuity measurement resolution.

[SENSe:]CONTinuity:THReshold

Sets the continuity threshold value in ohms.
Parameter: <NR1> (1 to 1000)
Example: SENS:CONT:THR 10
Sets the continuity threshold value to 10Ω[SENSe:]CONTinuity:THReshold?

Returns the continuity threshold value.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +0010[SENSe:]CONTinuity:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay that minimum step is microseconds of Continuity
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CONT:TRIG:DEL 0.0001
Sets the trigger delay time to 100us of Continuity measurement.

[SENSe:]CONTinuity:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of Continuity measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>285

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]CONTinuity:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once only of Continuity measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:CONT:ZERO:AUTO OFF
Sets the auto zero to off.

[SENSe:]CONTinuity:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of Continuity measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

SENSe DIODe Commands[SENSe:]DIODe:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for Diode measurement in PLCs (power line cycles).
Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf> parameter, theDMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable PLC value(0.15 | 0.6 | 1).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:DIOD:NPLC DEF
Sets the integration time to the 1 PLCs for diode measurement.

[SENSe:]DIODe:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for Diode measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.15 | 0.6 | 1[SENSe:]DIODe:RESolution

Sets the Diode measurement resolution. The resolution depends on the rate
and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example:SENS:DIOD:RES 0.1e-4
Sets the Diode resolution to 0.00001[SENSe:]DIODe:RESolution?

Returns the Diode measurement resolution.

[SENSe:]DIODe:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay that minimum step is microseconds of Diodemeasurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:DIOD:TRIG:DEL 0.5
Sets the trigger delay time to 500ms of Diode measurement.

[SENSe:]DIODe:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of Diode measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>

286

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]DIODe:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once only of Diode measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:DIOD:ZERO:AUTO ON
Sets the auto zero to on.

[SENSe:]DIODe:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of Diode measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

SENSe VOLTage Commands[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO

Sets the Automatic input impedance for DC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:IMP:AUTO ON
Turns the Automatic input impedance on.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO?
Returns the Automatic input impedance mode.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for DC Voltage measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:NPLC 12
Sets the integration time to 12 PLCs for DC Voltage measurements.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for DC Voltage measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for DC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:NULL:STAT OFF
Turns the relative function off for DC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of DC Voltage measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON287

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for DC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1200.0 to 1200.0 V) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:VOLT:DC:NULL:VAL 1.2
Sets the relative value to 1.2V for DC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of DC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for DC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:VOLT:DC:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
READ ?
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of DC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe

Sets the DC voltage measurement range.
Parameter: <NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:RANG MIN
Set the DC voltage range to lowest range allowed.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe?

Returns the DC voltage measurement range.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the DC voltage Auto-range setting on, off or once only.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns Auto-range on for DC voltage measurements.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC:]RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the DC voltage Auto-range settings.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution

Sets the DC Voltage measurement resolution. The resolution depends on therate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:RES MAX
Sets the DC Voltage resolution to MAX.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution?
Returns the DC Voltage resolution.

288

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay that minimum step is microseconds of DC Voltage
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:TRIG:DEL MAX
Sets the trigger delay time to the maximum of DC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of DC Voltage measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once of DC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:VOLT:DC:ZERO:AUTO ONCE
Sets the auto zero to once.

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of DC Voltage measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth

Sets the AC bandwidth (AC filter).
Parameter: <NRf> (3 | 20 | 200) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:BAND 20
Sets the AC bandwidth to 20Hz.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth?

Returns the AC bandwidth.
Return parameter: <NRf>, Ex: 3.00000000E+00[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for AC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for AC Voltage measurements.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of AC Voltage measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for AC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1200.0 to 1200.0 V) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:NULL:VAL 1
Sets the relative value to 1V for AC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of AC Voltage measurement.

289

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for AC Voltage measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:VOLT:AC:NULL:VAL:AUTO OFFREAD?
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of AC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe

Sets the AC voltage measurement range.
Parameter: (<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:RANG MAX
Set the AC voltage range to highest range allowed.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe?

Returns the AC Voltage measurement range.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the AC voltage Auto-range setting on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns Auto-range on for AC voltage measurements.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the AC voltage Auto-range settings.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of AC Voltage
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:VOLT:AC:TRIG:DEL 0.4
Sets the trigger delay time to 400ms of AC Voltage measurement.

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of AC Voltage measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>290

REMOTE CONTROLSENSe CURRent Commands[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for DC Current measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:NPLC 1
Sets the integration time to 1 PLCs for DC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for DC Current measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for DC Current measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for DC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of DC Current measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for DC Current measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-12.0 to 12.0 A) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:NULL:VAL 1.1
Sets the relative value to 1.1A for DC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of DC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for DC Current measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:CURR:DC:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NULL:VALueAUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of DC Current measurement.

291

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe

Sets the DC current measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:RANG 10e-2
Sets the DC current range to 100mA.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe?

Returns the DC current measurement range.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the DC current Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:RANG:AUTO OFF
Turns Auto-range off for DC current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the DC current Auto-range settings.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution

Sets the DC Current measurement resolution. The resolution depends on therate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:RES 0.01
Sets the DC Current resolution to 0.01

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution?
Returns the DC Current resolution.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TERMinals

Assigns an input port for the current function.
Parameter: <NR1> 3 | 10
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:TERM 3
Sets the input jack to the 3A current input port.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TERMinals?

Returns the assigned input port used for the current function.
Return parameter: +3 | +10[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of DC Current
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:TRIG:DEL 2e-4
Sets the trigger delay time to 200us of DC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of DC Current measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>

292

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero to on, off or once of DC Current measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:CURR:DC:ZERO:AUTO ON
Sets the auto zero to on.

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of DC Current measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth

Sets the AC current bandwidth (AC filter).
Parameter: <NRf> (3 | 20 | 200) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:BAND 3
Sets the AC current bandwidth to 3Hz.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth?
Returns the AC current bandwidth.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for AC Current measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for AC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of AC Current measurement.
Return parameter: 0|1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for AC Current measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-12.0 to 12.0 A) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:NULL:VAL 0.02
Sets the relative value to 0.02A for AC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of AC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for AC Current measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:CURR:AC:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of AC Current measurement.

293

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe

Sets the AC current measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:RANG 10e-3
Sets the AC current range to 10mA.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe?

Returns the AC current measurement range.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the AC current Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:RANG:AUTO OFF
Turns Auto-range off for AC current measurements.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the AC current Auto-range settings.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TERMinals

Assigns an input port for the current function.
Parameter: <NR1> 3 | 10
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:TERM 10
Sets the input jack to the 10A current input port.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TERMinals?

Returns the assigned input port used for the current function.
Return Parameter: +3 | +10[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of AC Current
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:CURR:AC:TRIG:DEL 1
Sets the trigger delay time to 1s of AC Current measurement.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of AC Current measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>

294

REMOTE CONTROLSENSe RESistance Commands[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for 2-wire resistance measurement in PLCs (powerline cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:RES:NPLC MIN
Sets the integration time to 0.006 PLCs for 2-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for 2-wire resistance measurement in PLCs
(power line cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for 2-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:RES:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for 2-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of 2-wire resistance measurement.
Return parameter: 0|1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for 2-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-120.0 to 120.0 MΩ) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:RES:NULL:VAL 2
Sets the relative value to 2Ω for 2-wire resistance measurements.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of 2-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for 2-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:RES:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:RES:NULL:VAL:AUTO OFF
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of 2-wire resistance measurement.

295

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe

Sets the 2-wire resistance measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:RES:RANG 1000
Sets the 2-wire resistance range to 1kΩ.

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe?

Returns the 2-wire resistance measurement range.

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the 2-wire resistance Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:RES:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns Auto-range on for 2-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the 2-wire resistance Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution

Sets the 2-wire resistance measurement resolution. The resolution depends on
the rate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:RES:RES 0.01
Sets the 2-wire resistance resolution to 0.01

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution?

Returns the 2-wire resistance resolution.

[SENSe:]RESistance:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of 2-wireresistance measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FRES:TRIG:DEL DEF
Sets the trigger delay time to 1s of 2-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]RESistance:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of 2-wire resistance measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once of 2-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:RES:ZERO:AUTO ON
Sets the auto zero to on.

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of 2-wire resistance measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

296

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for 4-wire resistance measurement in PLCs (powerline cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:FRES:NPLC MAX
Sets the integration time to the 12 PLCs for 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for 4-wire Resistance measurement in PLCs
(power line cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 0.006 | 0.0083 | 0.0125 | 0.025 | 0.05 | 0.15 | 0.6 | 1 | 3 | 12

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for 4-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:FRES:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of 4-wire resistance measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for 4-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-120.0 to 120.0 MΩ) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FRES:NULL:VAL 2
Sets the relative value to 2Ω for 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for 4-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:FRES:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:FRES:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe

Sets the 4-wire resistance measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:FRES:RANG 10e3
Sets the 4-wire resistance range to 10kΩ.

297

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe?

Returns the 4-wire resistance measurement range.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the 4-wire resistance Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:FRES:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns Auto-range on for 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO?

Returns the 4-wire resistance Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution

Sets the 4-wire resistance measurement resolution. The resolution depends on
the rate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:FRES:RES 0.01
Sets the 4-wire resistance resolution to 0.01

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution?

Returns the 4-wire resistance resolution.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of 4-wireresistance measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:RES:TRIG:DEL MIN
Sets the trigger delay time to 0s of 4-wire resistance measurement.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of 4-wire resistance measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]FRESistance:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once of 4-wire resistance measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:FRES:ZERO:AUTO ON
Sets the auto zero to on.

[SENSe:]FRESistance:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of 4-wire resistance measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF

SENSe FREQency Commands

298

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture

Sets the aperture time (gate time) for the frequency function (0.01s, 0.1s, 1s).
Parameter: <NRf> (0.01 | 0.1 | 1)
Example: SENS:FREQ:APER 0.01
Sets the gate time to 0.01 seconds.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture?

Returns aperture time (gate time) for the frequency function.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe

Sets the frequency measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:FREQ:CURR:RANG MIN
Sets the frequency to the minimum range.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe?

Returns the frequency measurement range.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the Frequency Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:FREQ:CURR:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns the Auto-range on for the frequency function.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO?
Returns the frequency Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]FREQuency:INPutjack

Assigns an input port for the frequency function.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 | 1 | 2), 0=Voltage, 1=3A, 2=10A
Example: SENS:FREQ:INP 0
Sets the input jack to the Voltage input port.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:INPutjack?

Returns the assigned input port used for the frequency function.
Return Parameter: VOLT | 3A | 10A[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for Frequency measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:FREQ:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for Frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of Frequency measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON299

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for Frequency measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.2e6 to 1.2e6 Hz) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FREQ:NULL:VAL 10
Sets the relative value to 10Hz for Frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of Frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for Frequency measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:FREQ:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:FREQ:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of Frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:TIMeout:AUTO

Assigns timeout time at the frequency measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:FREQ:TIM:AUTO OFF
Sets the timeout time at 1 seconds.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:TIMeout:AUTO?

Returns the assigned timeout time used for the frequency function.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0:timeout time = 1 second, 1:timeout time is different
in according with ac filter bandwith (gate time).

[SENSe:]FREQuency:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of Frequency
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FREQ:TRIG:DEL 0.5
Sets the trigger delay time to 0.5s of Frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of Frequency measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe

Sets the frequency measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:FREQ:VOLT:RANG MIN
Sets the frequency to the minimum range.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe?

Returns the frequency measurement range.

300

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the Frequency Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:FREQ:VOLT:RANG:AUTO ON
Turns the Auto-range on for the frequency measurement.

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
Returns the Frequency Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture

Sets the aperture time (gate time) for the period function(0.01s, 0.1s, 1s).
Parameter: <NRf> (0.01 | 0.1 | 1)
Example: SENS:PER:APER 0.1
Sets the gate time to 0.1 seconds for the period function.

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture?

Returns the aperture time (gate time) for the period function.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe

Sets the frequency measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:PER:CURR:RANG MAX
Sets the period to the maximum range.

[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe?

Returns the period measurement range.

[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the Period Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:PER:CURR:RANG:AUTO OFF
Turns the Auto-range setting off for period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:CURRent:RANGe:AUTO?
Returns the Period Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]PERiod:INPutjack

Assigns an input port for the period function.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 | 1 | 2), 0=Voltage, 1=3A, 2=10A
Example: SENS:PER:INP 1
Sets the input jack to the current 3A input port.

[SENSe:]PERiod:INPutjack?

Returns the assigned input port used for the period function.
Return parameter: VOLT | 3A | 10A

301

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for Period measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:PER:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for Period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of Period measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for Period measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.2 to 1.2 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FREQ:NULL:VAL 1
Sets the relative value to 1s for Period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of Period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for Period measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:PER:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:PER:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]PERiod:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of Period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:TIMeout:AUTO

Assigns timeout time at the period measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:PER:TIM:AUTO ON
Sets the timeout time in according with ac filter bandwith (gete time).

[SENSe:]PERiod:TIMeout:AUTO?

Returns the assigned timeout time used for the period function.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0:timeout time = 1 second, 1:timeout time is different
in according with ac filter bandwith (gate time).

[SENSe:]PERiod:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of Period
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:PER:TRIG:DEL 0.05
Sets the trigger delay time to 50ms of Period measurement.

[SENSe:]PERiod:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of Period measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>

302

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe

Sets the period measurement range.
Parameter: Range(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:PER:VOLT:RANG DEF
Sets the period to the default range.

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe?

Returns the period measurement range.

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO

Sets the Period Auto-range settings on, off or once.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:PER:VOLT:RANG:AUTO OFF
Turns the Auto-range setting off for period measurements.

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
Returns the Period Auto-range setting.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

303

DM2571 User Manual

SENSe TEMPerature Commands[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLCycles

Sets the integration time for Temperature measurement in PLCs (power line
cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds. For any <NRf>parameter, the DMM will automatically set the PLC to the closest acceptable
PLC value (1 | 3 | 12).
Parameter: NPLCycles(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:TEMP:NPLC DEF
Sets the integration time to the 12 PLCs for Temperature measurement.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLCycles?

Returns the integration time for Temperature measurement in PLCs (powerline cycles). Where one PLC is equal to 16.6 milliseconds.
Return parameter: 1 | 3 | 12

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL[:STATe]

Sets the relative function on/off for Temperature measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:TEMP:NULL:STAT ON
Turns the relative function on for Period measurement.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL[:STATe]?

Returns the relative function state of Temperature measurement.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue

Sets the relative value for Temperature measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-1.0e15 to 1.0e15) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:FREQ:NULL:VAL 5
Sets the relative value to 5˚C for Temperature measurement.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue?

Returns the current relative value of Temperature measurement.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue:AUTO

Sets the relative value auto on/off for Temperature measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:TEMP:NULL:STAT ON
SENS:TEMP:NULL:VAL:AUTO ON
The unit automatically sets the 1st count of measurement as null value.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NULL:VALue:AUTO?

Returns the null value auto state of Temperature measurement.

304

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RESolution

Sets the Temperature measurement resolution. The resolution depends on therate and range settings.
Parameter: Resolution(<NRf> | MIN | MAX | DEF)
Example: SENS:TEMP:RES MAX
Sets the Temperature resolution to the maximum.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RESolution?

Returns the temperature measurement resolution.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE

Sets the temperature probe type.
Parameter: [None] | TC | RTD | FRTD | THER | FTH
Example: SENS:TEMP:TRAN:TYPE RTD
Sets the temperature probe type to RTD.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE?

Returns the temperature probe type.
Return parameter: TC, RTD, FRTD, THER, FTH[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds of Temperature
measurement.
Parameter: <NRf>(0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:TRIG:DEL 0.001
Sets the trigger delay time to 1ms of Temperature measurement.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of Temperature measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf>[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO

Sets the auto zero mode to on, off or once of Temparature measurement.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF | ONCE
Example: SENS:TEMP:ZERO:AUTO OFF
Sets the auto zero to off.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO?

Returns the auto zero mode of Temparature measurement.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated

Sets temperature simulation value of thermocouple measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (-20.00 to 80.00) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RJUN:SIM 25.00
Sets the thermocouple junction temperature to 25˚C.

305

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated?

Returns temperature simulation value of thermocouple measurement.
Return parameter: <NRf> (-2.00000000E+01 to +8.00000000E+01), whereunit = ˚C[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO

Sets junction reference temperature of thermocouple measurement used bysimulation temperature or internal temperature of front panel.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RJUN:SIM:AUTO ON
Sets the thermocouple junction temperature used by internal temperature.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO?

Returns thermocouple measurement which junction reference temperature isselected.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1= internal temperature, 0= simulation temperature[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:OFFSet
Sets junction reference temperature adjust value of thermocouple
measurement which internal temperature is selected.
Parameter: <NRf> (-20.00 to 20.00) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RJUN:SIM:AUTO:OFFS 5
Sets the junction reference temperature adjust value to 5˚C[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:OFFSet?

Returns junction reference temperature adjust value of thermocouple
measurement.
Return Parameter: <NRf> (-2.00000000E+01 to +2.00000000E+01), whereunit = ˚C[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction:SIMulated:AUTO:TEMPerature?
Returns internal temperature of thermocouple measurement.
Return Parameter: <NRf> (-5.50000000E+01 to +1.25000000E+02), whereunit = ˚C[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TCOuple:TYPE

Sets the thermocouple type.
Parameter: Type(J | K | N | R | S | T | B | E)
Example: SENS:TEMP:TCO:TYPE J
Sets the thermocouple to type J.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TCOuple:TYPE?

Returns the thermocouple type.
Return parameter: J | K | N | R | S | T | B | E[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:ALPHa

Sets the 2-wire RTD Alpha coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RTD:ALPH 0.00385

306

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:ALPHa?

Returns the 2-wire RTD Alpha coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:BETA

Sets the 2-wire RTD Beta coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RTD:BETA 0.00495[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:BETA?

Returns the 2-wire RTD Beta coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:DELTa

Sets the 2-wire RTD Delta coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RTD:DELT 0.000568[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:DELTa?

Returns the 2-wire RTD Delta coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]

Sets the reference resistance (R0) of 2-wire RTD measurement.
Parameter: <NRf> (80.0 to 120.0) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:RTD:RES:REF 100[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
Returns the 2-wire RTD reference resistance (R0).

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:TYPE

Sets the 2-wire RTD sensor type.
Return parameter: Type(PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER)
Example: SENS:TEMP:RTD:TYPE PT100
Sets the 2-wire RTD sensor to PT100[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RTD:TYPE?

Returns the 2-wire RTD sensor type.
Return parameter: PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:ALPHa

Sets the 4-wire RTD Alpha coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FRTD:ALPH 0.00385[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:ALPHa?

Returns the 4-wire RTD Alpha coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:BETA

Sets the 4-wire RTD Beta coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FRTD:BETA 0.00495

307

DM2571 User Manual[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:BETA?

Returns the 4-wire RTD Beta coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:DELTa

Sets the 4-wire RTD Delta coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FRTD:DELT 0.000568[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:DELTa?

Returns the 4-wire RTD Delta coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]

Sets the reference resistance (R0) of 4-wire RTD measurement
Parameter: <NRf> (80.0 to 120.0) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FRTD:RES:REF 100[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
Returns the 4-wire RTD reference resistance (R0).

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:TYPE

Sets the 4-wire RTD sensor type.
Parameter: Type(PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER)
Example: SENS:TEMP:FRTD:TYPE PT100
Sets the 4-wire RTD sensor to PT100[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FRTD:TYPE?

Returns the 4-wire RTD sensor type.
Return parameter: PT100 | D100 | F100 | PT385 | PT3916 | USER[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:APARameter

Sets the 2-wire Thermistor A coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:THER:APAR 0.002154.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:APARameter?
Returns the 2-wire Thermistor A coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:BPARameter

Sets the 2-wire Thermistor B coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:THER:BPAR 0.003425[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:BPARameter?
Returns the 2-wire Thermistor B coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:CPARameter

Sets the 2-wire Thermistor C coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:THER:CPAR 0.006993

308

REMOTE CONTROL[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:CPARameter?
Returns the 2-wire Thermistor C coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:TYPE

Sets the 2-wire Thermistor sensor type.
Parameter: Type(2200 | 5000 | 10000 | USER)
Example: SENS:TEMP:THER:TYPE 2200
Sets the 2-wire Thermistor sensor type to 2.2kΩ.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:THERmistor:TYPE?

Returns the 2-wire Thermistor sensor type.
Return parameter: +2200 | +5000 | +10000 | USER.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:APARameter

Sets the 4-wire Thermistor A coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FTH:APAR 0.002154[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:APARameter?
Returns the 4-wire Thermistor A coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:BPARameter

Sets the 4-wire Thermistor B coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FTH:BPAR 0.003425[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:BPARameter?
Returns the 4-wire Thermistor B coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:CPARameter

Sets the 4-wire Thermistor C coefficient.
Parameter: <NRf> (0.0 to 9.999999) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SENS:TEMP:FTH:CPAR 0.006993[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:CPARameter?
Returns the 4-wire Thermistor C coefficient.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:TYPE

Sets the 4-wire Thermistor sensor type.
Parameter: Type(2200 | 5000 | 10000 | USER)
Example: SENS:TEMP:FTH:TYPE 10000
Sets the 4-wire Thermistor sensor type to 10kΩ.

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:FTHermistor:TYPE?

Returns the 4-wire Thermistor sensor type.
Return parameter: +2200 | +5000 | +10000 | USER.

309

DM2571 User Manual

TRIGger Commands
SAMPle:COUNt

Sets the number of samples.
Parameter: <NRf>(1.0 to 1000000.0) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: TRIG:COUN 10
SAMP:COUN 10
INIT
FETC?
Will returns 100 measurment results.
Sets the number of samples to 10.
●The total measurement counts is trigger count multiplication sample count.

SAMPle:COUNt?

Returns the number of samples.
Return parameter: <NRf>

TRIGger:COUNt

Sets the number of trigger counts.
Parameter: <NRf>(1.0 to 1000000.0) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: TRIG:COUN 10
SAMP:COUN 10
READ?
Will returns 100 measurment results.
Sets the number of trigger counts to 10.
●The total measurement counts is trigger count multiplication sample count.

TRIGger:COUNt?

Returns the number of trigger counts.
Return parameter: <NRf>

TRIGger:DELay

Sets the trigger delay time that minimum step is microseconds in all of thefunction.
Parameter: <NRf> (0 to 3600 s) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: TRIG:DEL MAX
Sets the trigger delay time to the maximum.

TRIGger:DELay?

Returns the trigger delay time in seconds of current function.
Return parameter: <NRf>

TRIGger:DELay:AUTO

Sets the trigger delay time auto mode on/off in all of the function.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: TRIG:DEL:AUTO OFF
Turns trigger delay time auto mode off.

310

REMOTE CONTROL
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO?

Returns the trigger delay time auto mode state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF.

TRIGger:SLOPe

Selects whether the instrument uses the rising edge (POS) or the falling edge
(NEG) of the trigger signal on the rear-panel Digital I/O connector when
external trigger is selected;
Parameter: POSitive | NEGative
Example: TRIG:SLOP POS
Sets the trigger signal in rising edge (POS).

TRIGger:SLOPe?

Returns the method of external trigger.
Return parameter: POS | NEG

311

DM2571 User Manual
TRIGger:SOURce

Selects the trigger source.
Parameter: IMMediate | EXTernal | BUS
Example: TRIG:SOUR EXT
Sets the trigger source as external trigger.
IMMediate:
The trigger signal is always present. When you place the instrument in the“wait-for-trigger"state, the trigger is issued immediately.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 5
TRIG:SOUR IMMREAD?
Returns : 5 measurement values.
EXTeranl:
The instrument accepts hardware triggers applied to the rear-panel Ext Trig
input and takes the
specified number of measurements (SAMP:COUN), each time a TTL pulse
specified by
TRIGg:SLOP is received. If the instrument receives an external trigger before
it is ready, it buffers one trigger.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 5
TRIG:SOUR EXT
TRIG :SLOP NEG
INIT<wait external trigger in signal>
FETC ?
Returns : 5 measurement values.
BUS:
The instrument is triggered by *TRG over the remote interface once the DMM
is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 5
TRIG:SOUR BUS
TRIG :SLOP NEG
INIT
*TRG
FETC ?
Returns : 5 measurement values.
●After selecting the trigger source, you must place the instrument in the"wait-for-trigger" state by sending INITiate or READ?. A trigger is not
accepted from the selected trigger source until the instrument is in the"wait-for-trigger" state.

TRIGger:SOURce?

Returns current trigger source.
Return parameter: IMM | EXT | BUS

312

REMOTE CONTROLOUTPut:TRIGger:SLOPe

Sets the output signal method after each measurement.
Parameter: POSitive | NEGative
Example: OUTP:TRIG:SLOP POS
Sets the output signal as positive pulse after measurement.

OUTPut:TRIGger:SLOPe?

Returns the output signal method after measurement.
Return parameter: POS | NEG

313

DM2571 User Manual

SYSTem Related Commands
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]

Makes buzzer beep once.
Parameter: <None>
Example: SYST:BEEP:IMM●This function is Not affected by the state of SYST:BEEP:STAT.

SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor

Sets the beeper to sound on an SCPI error.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:BEEP:ERR ON
Allows the beeper to sound when an SCPI error occurs.

SYSTem:BEEPer:ERRor?

Returns the beeper error mode.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe

Turns the buzzer on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:BEEP:STAT 0FF
Turns the buzzer off.
●The key sound of front panel is Not affected by the state.
●The command of SYSTem:BEEPer is Not affected by the state.

SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe?

Returns the buzzer state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF.

SYSTem:BEEPer:COMPare:VOLume

Sets the beeper volume of Compare function.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 2)0(small), 1(Medium) , 2(Large)
Example: SYST:BEEP:COMP:VOL 2
Sets the beeper volume to large of Compare function.

SYSTem:BEEPer:COMPare:VOLume?

Returns the beeper volume of Compare function.
Return parameter: SMALL | MEDIUM | LARGE

SYSTem:BEEPer:CONTinuity:VOLume

Sets the beeper volume of Continuity function.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 3)
Example: SYST:BEEP:CONT:VOL 1
Sets the beeper volume to small of Continuity function.

314

REMOTE CONTROLSYSTem:BEEPer:CONTinuity:VOLume ?

Returns the beeper volume of Continuity function.
Return parameter: OFF | SMALL | MEDIUM | LARGE

SYSTem:BEEPer:HOLD:VOLume

Sets the beeper volume of Hold function.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 3)
Example: SYST:BEEP:HOLD:VOL 2
Sets the beeper volume to medium of Hold function.

SYSTem:BEEPer:HOLD:VOLume?

Returns the beeper volume of Hold function.
Return parameter: OFF | SMALL | MEDIUM | LARGE

SYSTem:CLICk:STATe

Turns the key sound of front panel on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:CLIC:STAT 0FF
Turns key sound off.

SYSTem:CLICk:STATe?

Returns the key sound of front panel state.
Return Parameter: 0 | 1, 1=ON, 0=OFF.

SYSTem:DATE

Sets the date for the instrument's real-time clock.
Parameter: <NR1> (year, month, day)Example: SYST:DATE 2018,03,19
Sets the date to 2018/3/19.
year: 2000 to 2099
month: 1 to 12
day: 1 to 31

SYSTem:DATE?

Returns system date.
Return parameter: <Date>, Ex: 2018,3,19

SYSTem:DISPlay

Turns the TFT LCD display on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:DISP ON
Turns the TFT LCD display on.

SYSTem:DISPlay?

Returns the status of the TFT LCD display
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?

Returns the current system error, if any.

315

DM2571 User Manual
SYSTem:IDNStr

Sets a user-defined identification string for the *IDN? query when the
SYSTem:SCPi:MODE command is set to “Compatible”.
Parameter: “<manufacturer>”, “<model number>”, max length 24 characters
Example: SYST:IDNS “ABCDE”, “12345”
Sets the user-defined manufacturer as ABCDE and the model number as
12345.

SYSTem:IDNStr?

Returns the manufacturer and model number set with the SYSTem:IDNStr
command.
Return parameter: manufacturer, model number
Example: SYST:IDNS?
>ABCDE, 12345
Returns the manufacturer as ABCDE and the model number as 12345.

SYSTem:LABel

Places a message in a large font on the bottom half of the instrument's front
panel display.
Parameter: “< message >”, max length 40 characters
Example: SYST:LAB “NF Corporation”●To turn off the message, send the following to change the label to a null
string. This also removes the label area from the screen: SYST:LAB ""●The parameters will not be saved.

SYSTem:LABel?

Returns the display message.
Return parameter: “< message >”SYSTem:LFRequency?

Returns the AC source line freqency.
Parameter: +50 | +60

SYSTem:OUTPut:EOF

Sets the EOL character (CR+LF, LF+CR, CR, LF).
Parameter: <NR1>(0 to 3) (0=CR+LF, 1=LF+CR, 2=CR, 3=LF)
Example: SYST:OUTP:EOF 0
Sets the EOL character as CR+LF.
●The parameters will not be saved.

SYSTem:OUTPut:EOF?

Returns the EOL character.
Return parameter: +0 | +1 | +2 | +3 (0=CR+LF, 1=LF+CR, 2=CR, 3=LF)

SYSTem:OUTPut:SEParate

Sets the command separation character.
Parameter: 0 | 1 (0=EOL, 1=,)
Example: SYST:OUTP:SEP 0
Sets the command separation character as the EOL character.
●The parameters will not be saved.

316

REMOTE CONTROLSYSTem:OUTPut:SEParate?

Returns the command separation character.
Return parameter: 0 | 1 (0=EOL, 1=,)

SYSTem:PARameter:LOAD

Load the system parameters from 0 of 5 memory locations.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 5) (0=Default settings, 1 to 5= memory number)
Example: SYST:PAR:LOAD 0
Loads the default system parameters.

SYSTem:PARameter:LOAD?

Returns the loaded system parameters.
Return parameter: <NR1> (0 to 5) (0=Default settings, 1 to 5= memory
number, Last = State before power-off)

SYSTem:PARameter:SAVE

Saves the system parameters into 1 of 5 memory slots.
Parameter: <NR1> (1 to 5)
Example: SYST:PAR:SAVE 1
Saves the system parameters to memory 1.

SYSTem:PRESet

This command is nearly identical to *RST. The difference is that *RST resets
the instrument for SCPI operation, and SYSTem:PRESet resets the instrument
for front panel operation. As a result, *RST turns the histogram and statistics
off, and SYSTem:PRESet turns them on.

SYSTem:SCPi:MODE

Sets the SCPI mode. The SCPI mode is used to determine whether the *IDN?
query returns the “Normal” or “Compatible” identification string. See the
SYSTem:IDNStr command for details.
Parameter: NOR | DM | COMP (NOR=Normal, DM=2561A, COMP=
User-define)
Example: SYST:SCP:MODE NOR
Sets the SCPI mode to normal.
●The parameters will not be saved.

SYSTem:SCPi:MODE?

Returns the SCPI mode. The SCPI mode is used to determine whether the*IDN? query returns the “Normal” or “Compatible” identification string . See
the SYSTem:IDNStr command for details.
Return parameter: NORMAL | DM2561A | COMPATIBLE

SYSTem:SERial?

Returns the serial number (seven numbers)

SYSTem:TEMPerature?

Returns the internal temperature of machine.
Return parameter: <NRf>, where unit = ˚C

317

DM2571 User Manual
SYSTem:TIME

Sets the time for the instrument's real-time clock.
Parameter: <NR1> (hour, minute, second)
Example: SYST:TIME 16,20,30
Sets the time to 16:20:30
hour: 0 to 23
minute: 0 to 60
second: 0 to 60

SYSTem:TIME?

Returns system time.
Return parameter: <Time>, Ex: 16:20:40.000

SYSTem:UPTime?

Returns the amount of time that the instrument has been running since the last
power-on.
Return parameter: +0, +1, +25, +53 (day, hour, minute, second)

SYSTem:VERSion?

Returns SCPI version.
Return parameter: 1994.0.

SYSTem:WMESsage

Displays a power-on message.
Parameter: “<string>”, max length 40 characters
Example: SYST:WMES “NF Corporation”●Specifying a null string ("") disables the power-on message.

SYSTem:WMESsage?

Returns the display string that is showing after power on.
Return parameter: “<string>”

318

REMOTE CONTROLSYSTem COMMunication Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess

Sets the GPIB address that is only on GPIB communication bus.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 30) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 15
Sets the GPIB address to 15.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess?
Returns the GPIB address.
Return parameter: <NR1> (0 to 30)

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP

Sets the DHCP on/off.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:DHCP ON
Sets the DHCP on to automaticall get related configuration information.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP?

Returns the DHCP state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS[X]Sets the DNS address. which X = 1 indicate DNS1, X = 2 indicate DNS2.
Parameter: “<address>”
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:DNS1 “172.16.1.252”
Sets the DNS1 address to 172.16.1.252.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS[X]?

Returns the DNS address. which X = 1 indicate DNS1, X = 2 indicate DNS2.
Return parameter: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

Sets the Gateway address.
Parameter: “<address>”
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT “192.168.31.254”
Sets the Gatway address to 192.168.31.254.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway?
Returns the Gateway address.
Return parameter: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname

Sets the hostname.
Parameter: “<string>” , max length = 15 characters
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:HOST “DMM”
Sets the Hostname to DMM.

319

DM2571 User Manual
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname?
Returns the hostname.
Retrurn parameter: “<string>”

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

Sets the IP address.
Parameter: “<address>”
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD “192.168.31.117”
Sets the IP address to 192.168.31.117.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?
Returns the IP address.
Return parameter: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

Returns the MAC number.
Return parameter: 12 Hexadecimal characters.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

Sets the subnet mask address.
Parameter: “<address>”
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS “255.255.255.0”
Sets the subnet mask address to 255.255.255.0.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk?
Returns the subnet mask address.
Return parameter: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ECHO

Sets the Telnet communication echo state.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:ECHO ON
Sets the Telnet communication echo to on.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ECHO?
Returns the Telnet communication echo state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ENABle
Sets the Telnet communication enable/disable.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:ENAB ON
Enables the Telnet communication.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:ENABle?
Returns the Telnet communication state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

320

REMOTE CONTROLSYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PORT

Sets the Telnet communication port number.
Parameter: <NR1> (1024 to 65535) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:PORT “3000”
Sets the Telnet port to 3000.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PORT?
Returns the Telnet port number.
Retrurn parameter: <NR1>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt

Sets the telnet prompt message.
Parameter: “<string>”, max length 15 characters
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:PROM “DM2571>”
Sets the telnet prompt characters to DM2571>.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt?
Returns the telnet prompt message.
Retrurn parameter: “<string>”

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:TIMeout

Sets the timeout time for auto logout from Telnet communication, where unitof time is second.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 60000)
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:TIM 0
Since 0 indicates infinite, Telnet communication has no timeout always.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:TIMeout?

Returns the set time for timeout of Telnet communication.
Return parameter: <NR1>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage

Sets the telnet welcome message that telnet communication connect success.
Parameter: “<string>”, max length 63 characters
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:WMES “Welcome to DM2571 Telnet
Server”
Sets the telnet welcome message to Welcome to DM2571 Telnet Server.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?
Returns the telnet welcome message.
Retrurn parameter: “<string>”

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:ENABle

Sets the TCP communication enable/disable.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TCP:ENAB ON
Enables the TCP communication.

321

DM2571 User Manual
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:ENABle?
Returns the TCP communication state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:PORT

Sets the TCP communication port number.
Parameter: <NR1> (1024 to 65535) | MIN | MAX | DEF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TCP:PORT “3001”
Sets the TCP port to 3001.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TCP:PORT?
Returns the TCP port number.
Retrurn parameter: <NR1>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TIMeout

Sets the TCP communication timeout time, where unit = second.
Parameter: <NR1> (1 to 60000)
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:TIM 10
Makes the TCP communication timeout time to 10s.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TIMeout?

Returns the TCP communication timeout time.
Retrurn parameter: <NR1>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:WEB:ENABle

Sets the Web page communication enable/disable.
Parameter: 0 | 1 | ON | OFF
Example: SYST:COMM:LAN:WEB:ENAB ON
Enables the Web page communication.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:WEB:ENABle?
Returns the Web page communication state.
Return parameter: 0 | 1, 0=OFF, 1=ON

322

REMOTE CONTROL

RS-232C Interface Commands
SYSTem:LOCal

Enables local control (front panel control) and disables remote control.

SYSTem:REMote

Enables remote control and disables local control (front panel control, all key
are disable except Shift key(return to local control)).

SYSTem:RWLock

Enables remote control and disables local control (front panel control, all key
are disable).

323

DM2571 User Manual

STATus Report Commands
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

Returns the total number of the Operation Condition register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +4096●A condition register continuously monitors the state of the instrument.
Condition register bits are updated in real time; they are neither latched nor
buffered.
This register is read-only; bits are not cleared when read.

STATus:OPERation:ENABle

Sets bits in the Operation Enable register.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 32767)
Example: STAT:OPER:ENAB 10
Sets the bit1 and bit3 in Operation Enable register, 10 = 21 + 23.
●The selected bits are then reported to the Status Byte. An enable register
defines which bits in the event register will be reported to the Status Byte
register group. You can write to or read from an enable register.
●A STATus:PRESet clears all bits in the enable register.
●The *PSC command controls whether the enable register is cleared at poweron.

STATus:OPERation:ENABle?

Returns the total number of the Operation Enable register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +256

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Returns the total number of the Operation Event register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +786
●An event register is a read-only register that latches events from thecondition register. While an event bit is set, subsequent events corresponding
to that bit are ignored.
●Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register orby sending *CLS (clear status).

STATus:PRESet

Clears the Operation Enable register and Questionable Enable register.
Example: STAT:PRES

324

REMOTE CONTROLSTATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

Returns the contents of the Questionable Condition register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +2●A condition register continuously monitors the state of the instrument.
Condition register bits are updated in real time; they are neither latched nor
buffered.
●This register is read-only; bits are not cleared when read.

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

Set bits in the Ouesrionable Enable register.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 32767)
Example: STAT:QUES:ENAB 4099
Sets the bit0, bit1 and bit12 in Ouesrionable Enable register, 4099 = 20 + 21 +212.
●The selected bits are then reported to the Status Byte. An enable register
defines which bits in the event register will be reported to the Status Byte
register group. You can write to or read from an enable register.
●A STATus:PRESet clears all bits in the enable register.
●The *PSC command controls whether the enable register is cleared at poweron.

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?

Returns the total number of the Ouesrionable Enable register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +1

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Returns the total number of the Ouesrionable Event register.
Return parameter: <NR1>, Ex: +2●An event register is a read-only register that latches events from thecondition register. While an event bit is set, subsequent events corresponding
to that bit are ignored.
●Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register orby sending *CLS (clear status).

325

DM2571 User Manual

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS

*ESE?

*ESE

Clears the Event Status register (Output Queue, Operation Event Status,
Questionable Event Status, Standard Event Status Register)
Returns the ESER (Standard Event Status Enable Register) contents.
Example: *ESE?
>130
Returns 130. ESER=10000010
Sets the ESER contents.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 255)
Ex: *ESE 65
Sets the ESER to 01000001●The selected bits are then reported to bit 5 of the Status Byte Register. An
enable register defines which bits in the event register will be reported to the
Status Byte register group. You can write to Or read from an enable register.

*ESR?

Returns SESR (Standard Event Status Register) contents.
Ex: *ESR?
>198
Returns 198. SESR=11000110●An event register is a read-only register that latches events from thecondition register. While an event bit is set, subsequent events corresponding
to that bit are ignored.
●Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register orby sending *CLS (clear status).

*IDN?

326

Returns the manufacturer, model No., serial number and system version
number.
Example: *IDN?
>NF Corporation,DM2571,1234567,M0.70_S0.25B

REMOTE CONTROL
*OPC?

*OPC

*OPT?
*PSC

Returns 1 to the output buffer after all pending commands complete. Other
commands cannot be
executed until this command completes.
Ex: CONF:VOLT:DC
SAMP:COUN 100
INIT
*OPC?
●The difference between *OPC and *OPC? is that*OPC sets a status bit when
the operation completes,and *OPC? outputs "1" when the operation
completes.
Sets operation complete bit (bit0) in SESR (Standard Event Status Register)when all pending operations are completed.
Ex: *CLS*ESE 1*SRE 32
CONF:VOLT:DC
SAMP:COUN 10
INIT
*OPC
●The difference between *OPC and *OPC? is that*OPC sets a status bit when
the operation completes,and *OPC? outputs "1" when the operation
completes.
Returns a string identifying any installed options.
Clears Power On status.
Parameter: <Boolean>(0|1) 0= disables, 1= enables●Enables (1) or disables (0) the clearing of certain enable registers at poweron:
Questionable Data Register (STATus:OPERation:ENABle)
Standard Operation Register (STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle)
Status Byte Condition Register (*SRE)
Standard Event Enable Register (*ESE)●The *PSC command does not affect the clearing of the condition or event
registers, just the enable registers.

327

DM2571 User Manual
*PSC?

*RCL

*RST

*SAV

*SRE?
*SRE

Returns power on clear status.
Return parameter: <Boolean>(0|1) 0= disables, 1= enables
Load the system parameters from 0 of 5 memory locations.
Parameter: <NR1> (0 to 5) (0=Default settings, 1 to 5= memory number)
Example: *RCL 1
Loads the memory 1 system parameters.
Recalls default panel setup.
●Resets instrument to factory default state. This is similar to
SYSTem:PRESet. The difference is that *RST resets the instrument for SCPI
operation, and SYSTem:PRESet resets the instrument for front panel
operation. As a result, *RST turns the histogram and statistics off, andSYSTem:PRESet turns them on.
Save the system parameters to 1 of 5 memory locations.
Parameter: <NR1> (1 to 5) (1 to 5= memory number)
Example: *SAV 2
Saves the system parameters to memory 2.
Returns the SRER (Service Request Enable Register) contents.
Sets SRER contents.
Parameter: <NR1>(0 to 255)
Example: *SRE 7
Sets the SRER to 00000111.
●An enable register defines which bits in the event register will be reported to
the Status Byte register group. You can write to or read from an enableregister.

*STB?

Returns the SBR (Status Byte Register) contents.
Example:*STB?
>81
Returns the contents of the SBR as 01010001.
●A condition register continuously monitors the state of the instrument.
Condition register bits are updated in real time; they are neither latched nor
buffered.
●This register is read-only; bits are not cleared when read.

328

REMOTE CONTROL
*TRG

*WAI

Manually triggers the DM2571 if TRIG:SOUR is selected to BUS.
Ex:SAMP:COUN 10
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
*TRG
FETC?
Configures the instrument's output buffer to wait for all pending operations tocomplete before executing any additional commands over the interface.

329

DM2571 User Manual

Status system
The diagram below is a description of the status system

330

REMOTE CONTROLThe following table lists the bit definitions for the Questionable Data Register:
NOTE: The overload bits are set once per INITiate command. If you clear an
overload bit, it is not set again until a new INITiate is sent.
Bit

Name

DecimalDefinition0

Voltage
Overload1

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

1

Current
Overload2

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

2

Not Used4(Reserved for future use)3

Not Used

8(Reserved for future use)

4

Temperature
Overload

16

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

5

Frequency
Overload

32

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

6

Not Used

64(Reserved for future use)

7

Not Used

128(Reserved for future use)

8

Not Used

256(Reserved for future use)

9

ResistanceOverload

512

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

10

Capacitance1024

Only reported as event. In Conditon Register this bit
always returns 0. Read the Event Register.

Overload
11

Lower Limit
Failed2048

The most recent measurement failed the lower limit test.

12

Upper Limit
Failed4096

The most recent measurement failed the upper limit
test.

13

Not Used

8192(Reserved for future use)

14

Data Buffer
Overload

16384

Data buffer is full. One or more (oldest) measurements
have been lost.

15

Not Used

32768(Reserved for future use)

The following table lists the bit definitions for the Operation Data Register:331

DM2571 User Manual

Bit

Name

Decimal0

Calibrating

1

Instrument is performing a calibration.

1

Not Used2(Reserved for future use)2

Not Used4(Reserved for future use)3

Not Used

8(Reserved for future use)

4

Measuring

16

Instrument is initiated, and is making or about to makea measurement.

5

Waitig For
Trigger

32

Instrument is waiting for a trigger.

6

Not Used

64(Reserved for future use)

7

Not Used

128(Reserved for future use)

8

Configurtion
Change256

Instrument configuration has been changed since thelast INIT, READ? or MEASure?, either from the front
panel or from SCPI.

9

Data Output

512

Programmed number of measurements(DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold) have been stored
in measurement memory.

ThresholdDefinition

10

Not Used

1024(Reserved for future use)

11

Not Used

2048(Reserved for future use)

12

Not Used

4096(Reserved for future use)

13

Global Error

8192

Set if any remote interface has an error in its error
queue; cleared otherwise.

14

Not Used

16384(Reserved for future use)

15

Not Used

32768(Reserved for future use)

The following table describes the Standard Event Register

332

REMOTE CONTROL
Bit

Name

DecimalDefinition0

Operation
Complete1

All commands prior to and including *OPC have been
executed.

1

Not Used2(Reserved for future use)

2

Query Error

4

The instrument tried to read the output buffer but it
was empty. Or, a new command line was received
before a previous query has been read. Or, both the
input and output buffers are full.

3

DeviceError

8

A device error, including a self-test error or calibration
error, occurred (an error in the -300 range or any
positive error has been generated).

4

Execution
Error

16

An execution error occurred (an error in the -200 range
has been generated).

5

Command32

A command syntax error occurred (an error in the -100
range has been generated).

Error
6

Not Used

64(Reserved for future use)

7

Power On

128

Power has been cycled since the last time the event
register was read or cleared.

The following table describes the Status Byte Register.
Bit

Name

DecimalDefinition0

Not Used1(Reserved for future use)

1

Not Used2(Reserved for future use)2

Error Queue4

One or more errors have been stored in the Error
Queue. Use SYST:ERR? to read and delete errors.

3

Questionabl
e Data8

One or more bits are set in the Questionable Data
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STAT:QUES:ENAB).

4

Message
Available

16

Data is available in the instrument's output buffer.

5Standard
Event

32

One or more bits are set in the Standard Event Register(bits must be enabled, see *ESE).

6

RequestService64

One or more bits are set in the Status Byte Register andmay generate a Request for Service(RQS). Bits must be
enabled using *SRE.

7

Operation
Data

128

One or more bits are set in the Standard Operation
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STAT:OPER:ENAB).

333

DM2571 User Manual

APPENDIX
Fuse Replacement .................................................................. 335
Replace AC Source Fuse ......................................................... 335
Replace 3A Input Current Fuse ................................................ 336
Factory Default Parameters ..................................................... 338
Specifications .......................................................................... 342
General................................................................................... 342
DC Characteristics [1] .............................................................. 343
AC Characteristics [1] ............................................................... 347
Frequency and Period Characteristics ...................................... 351
Temperature Characteristics [1] ................................................ 352
Capacitance [1] ........................................................................ 353
Dual Measurement and Advanced Measurement ...................... 354
Other Functions ...................................................................... 355
Dimensions ............................................................................. 356
EMC and Safety ...................................................................... 357

334

APPENDIX

Fuse Replacement
Replace AC Source Fuse
Steps

1. Take off the power cord andplace dual flat-blade drivers into
the grooves of fuse socket
sideways followed by pinch
together to pull out the fusesocket.
2. The fuse socket appears. The“240” symbol within the hole on
fuse socket indicates the line
voltage is positioned as 240V.
3. Pull the fuse holder out of thefuse socket gently as the rightfigure illustrates.
4. Further pull the fuse out of thefuse holder and replace it with a
new fuse.

5. Restore the fuse holder with new
fuse back to the fuse socket.
Ensure the correct line voltage
shows within the hole of the fusesocket per requirement.
RatingType of fuse (time-lag)Input line voltage

T0.25A,250V,5x20mm

100/120VAC

T0.125A,250V,5x20mm

220/240VAC

335

DM2571 User Manual

Replace 3A Input Current Fuse
Preparation

To make sure if 3A input current needs to be replaced, press
thebutton to set DM2571 in Continuity mode and shortcircuit the HI input terminal with the 3A input current
terminal.
If the test result shows OPEN, either one of the fuses
requires replacement. The one is accessible from the rear
panel, and the other one is within the internal part.
If either one of the fuses of 3A input current is damaged,please first check the one (3.15 A，500 V) in the lower-leftcorner of rear panel.

Step

1. Turn the DM2571 off
2. Press and hold the fuse holder in the rear panel followed
by rotating it counterclockwise with a flat-blade
screwdriver.

336

APPENDIX

3. The fuse holder comes out. Replace the fuse inserted at
the end of the holder followed by rotating the fuser
holder clockwise to fasten it firmly.

RatingT3.15A, 500V , 5*20mm337

DM2571 User Manual

Factory Default Parameters
Measurement
Item List

Factory Default
Parameter

1ST Function

DCV

1ST Range

Auto Range

1ST Speed

5/s

2ND Function

Off

DCV Ratio

Off

FilterOn

Filter Type

Move

Filter Count

10

Filter Windows

0.10%

Filter Method

MeasureAuto ZeroOn

Input Impedance

10M(fixed for
DCV)

AC Speed (Bandwidth)5/s(20Hz)

Freq Gate Time

100ms

Freq InJack

Voltage

Freq Timeout

1sec

Continuity Threshold10Ω

Continuity Beep Volume

Small

Parameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

Temperature
Item List

Factory Default
Parameter

Probe

Themocouple

Unit

℃

Thermocouple

338

Type

J

Parameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

APPENDIX

RTD
Thermistor

Simulated Method

Auto

Simulated junction

23

Auto Simulated ADJ

0

Type

PT100

R0

100

Type

5kΩ

Display
Item List

Factory Default
Parameter

Digit

Auto

Display

Number

Bar Meter
TrendChart

Histogram

Scale

NormalVScaleNormalHScaleCount

Recent HScale

400secBins

100

HScaleAutoParameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

Math
Item List

Factory Default
Parameter

Math Function

Off

Math Display

OffFunctionOff

Beep Volume

Small

Threshold

0.10%

Function

Off

Reference Method

dBm

Reference Resistance

600Ω

dBm

Reference Resistance600Ω

CompareBeep Mode

Off

Hold
Rel
dB

Parameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

339

DM2571 User Manual

MX+B

Beep Volume

MediumLow Limit-1

High Limit

1

M Value1

B Value

0

Trigger
Factory Default
Parameter

Item List
Trigger Source

Auto

Trigger Delay

Auto

Trigger Signal

NEG

Sample Count1EOM Out

NEG

Parameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

Menu
Factory Default
Parameter

Item List

System

Display

Beep

On

Key Sound

On

Internet Time Sync

DisableFREQ Compensate

EnableLab Password

EnableBrightness

60%

AutoOff

OFF

AutoOff Time

30min

1ST Font ColorWhite

2ND Font Color

White

Math Font Color

White

Math Off Display Mode Off

340

Antialiasing

Off

Additional Info

All OnLanguage

EnglishParameter
Save/Load forGroup 1 - 5

APPENDIXInterface

Lan

Interface

RS232

BaudRate

115200FlowCtrlOff

EOL Character

CR+LF

Separation Character

Comma

USB Protocol

USBCDCGPIB Address

15

Identity

Default

DHCP

ON

Web

ON

TelnetON

Telnet Port

3000

Telnet Echo

ON

TCP

ON

TCP Port

3001

Only utilized parameters are listed here due to over-amount parameters. The
rest of the parameters unlisted, however, can be saved and loaded as well.
It indicates parameters can be saved and loaded from the groups 1 to 5.
It indicates the independent save zone which is free from impact of reboot.

341

DM2571 User Manual

Specifications
GeneralThis section lists the general characteristics of the instrument.
All specifications are ensured only under a single display.
At least 1 hour of warm-up time is required before applying
these specifications.
• Make sure that the Sense LO terminal to Input LO is limited
to 2Vpk, the Sense HI to Sense LO terminals are limited to200Vpk and the Input LO to earth is limited to 500Vpk. CAT
II 300V. MAX DC1000V, AC 750V
• Power Supply: 100 / 120 / 220 / 240 VAC ±10%
• Power Line Frequency: 50 Hz / 60 Hz / 400 Hz ±10%
• Power Consumption: Max. 25 VA• Operating Environment: Full accuracy for 0 °C to 55 °C• Full accuracy for up to 80% R.H.(However, absolute humidity
40 g/m3 or less), Non–condensing• Operating Altitude Up to 2,000 m• Storage Temperature -40 to 70 °C• Pollution Degree 2 (indoor use)
• Rack Dimensions: 88mm(H) X 220mm(W) X276.6mm(D)(without bumpers)• Bench Dimensions: 107mm(H) X 266.9mm(W) X301.8mm(D)(with bumpers)• Weight: 3.30 kg• 4.3" color TFT WQVGA (480x272) with LED backlight• Supports basic number, bar meter, trend chart and histogram
views• Increment of one coefficient per one degree celsius when therange is beyond TCAL ± 5 ˚C.
TCAL is the temperature at the calibration(23 ˚C when factory
calibration).
• It is relevant to the calibration standard.
••

CAUTIONLine Power

Environment

MechanicalDisplay
Temperature
Coefficient
AccuracySpecification
Real-Time
Clock/Calendar

342

•
•

Set and read, year, month, day, hour, minute, seconds
Battery CR-2032 coin-type

APPENDIX

DC Characteristics [1]
DC Voltage

Temperature
1 Year
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
Coefficient/˚C
100.0000 mV 0.0050 + 0.0035
0.0005 + 0.0005
1.000000 V 0.0048 + 0.0007
0.0005 + 0.0001
10.00000 V 0.0035 + 0.0005
0.0005 + 0.0001
100.0000 V 0.0050 + 0.0006
0.0005 + 0.0001
1000.000 V 0.0050 + 0.0010
0.0005 + 0.0001
Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Range [2]Resistance [ 3]

1 YearTest Current
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
1 mA
0.010 + 0.004
100.0000 Ω
0.010 + 0.001
1.000000 kΩ 1 mA
0.010 + 0.001
10.00000 kΩ 100 μA
0.010 + 0.001
100.0000 kΩ 10 μA
0.010 + 0.001
1.000000 MΩ 5 μA
0.040 + 0.001
10.00000 MΩ 500 nA
100.0000 MΩ 500 nA// 10 MΩ 0.800 + 0.010
Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Range [2]DC Current

1 YearBurden Voltage TCAL ± 5 ˚C
0.050 + 0.025
100.0000 μA < 0.011 V
1.000000 mA < 0.11 V
0.050 + 0.006
10.00000 mA < 0.04 V
0.050 + 0.020
100.0000 mA < 0.4 V
0.050 + 0.005
1.000000 A< 0.7 V
0.100 + 0.010
3.000000 A< 2.0 V
0.200 + 0.020[6] < 0.5 V
0.150 + 0.010
10.00000 A
Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Range [2]Continuity

1 Year
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
1 kΩ
0.01 + 0.03
Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Range [2]Diode Test [ 4]1 Year
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
5V0.01 + 0.03
Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Range [2]Temperature
Coefficient/˚C
0.0008 + 0.0005
0.0008 + 0.0001
0.0008 + 0.0001
0.0008 + 0.0001
0.0010 + 0.0002
0.0030 + 0.0004
0.1500 + 0.0002

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C
0.002 + 0.003
0.002 + 0.001
0.002 + 0.002
0.002 + 0.001
0.005 + 0.001
0.005 + 0.002
0.005 + 0.001

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C
0.001 + 0.002

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C
0.001 + 0.002

343

DM2571 User Manual
DCV Ratio [5]Accuracy Specification: ± (DC Input accuracy + DC Reference accuracy)

344

APPENDIX
Measuring Characteristics
DC Voltage

Input Resistance Range

100 mV
1V
10 V
100 V
1000 V
30 pA (Typ, 25°C)
Input Bias
Input Protection 1000 V on all ranges
Measurement Method: Sigma-delta A/D Converter

Resistance

10 MΩ or >10 GΩ
Selectable
10 MΩ±1%Max. Lead
10% of range per lead for 100 Ω, 1 kΩ ranges. 1 kΩ
per lead on all other ranges.
Resistance
Input Protection 1000 V on all ranges

Measurement Method: Selectable 4-wire or 2-wire ohms. Current source referenced to Input LO
Terminal

DC Current

Range
100 μA
1 mA
10 mA
100 mA
1A
3A
10 A
Input Protection

Shunt

100 Ω
100 Ω
1Ω
1Ω
0.1 Ω
0.1 Ω
10m Ω

Burden Voltage<0.011 V<0.11 V
<0.04 V
<0.4 V<0.7 V<2 V<0.5 V

External 3.15 A, 500 V fuse for 3 A
Internal 6 A, 1 kV fuse for 3 A
Internal 12 A, 1 kV fuse for 10 A

Speed
Digits5/s，20/s，60(50)/s，100/s 6 ½
DCV
400/s，1.2k/s，2.4k/s
DCI
5½
2W/4W-Resistance 4.8k/s，7.2k/s，10k/s
Reading Rate
4¼
(Readings/sec)
Speed
Digits60(50) /s
6½
Continuity
100 /s5½
Diode
400 /s4¼[1].
DC Specification: In addition to the availability that requires
warm-up of 60 minutes, it must be set in 5/s speed rate (60(50)/s speed
rate for Continuity and Diode), A-Zero on.
[2].
The entire range of measurement will pass the set range by 20%
except the tests of 1000 V DC, 3 A DC, 10 A DC and diode.
[3].
This specification applies to 4-wire resistance measurement, whilst it
requires using "REL" function for offset on 2-wire resistancemeasurement. 2-wire resistance measurement will cause additional error

345

DM2571 User Manualof 0.2 Ω if REL function is not executed.
[4].
This specification applies to the voltage measured from input
terminal. 1 mA test current is the typical value. The change of current
source leads to the variation in buck of diode junction.
[5].
Accuracy is ± (DC Input accuracy + DC Reference accuracy), where
Input accuracy = DC Voltage accuracy for the Input HI to LO (in % of the
Input voltage), and Reference accuracy = DC Voltage accuracy for the HI
to LO (Sense) Reference (in % of the Reference voltage).
[6].
The 10 A range of measurement is available for the terminals on
front panel only. Due to power factor resulting in temperature rise, 2 mA
increment per one ampere when input is greater than 5 A.

346

APPENDIX

AC Characteristics [1]True RMS AC Voltage [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 7]Range [2]1 Year
TCAL ± 5˚C

3 Hz - 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.04

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C

5 Hz - 10 Hz

0.35 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.004

10 Hz - 20 kHz

0.06 + 0.04

0.005 + 0.003

20 kHz - 50 kHz

0.12 + 0.05

0.011 + 0.005

50 kHz - 100 kHz

0.60 + 0.08

0.060 + 0.008

100 kHz - 300 kHz

4.00 + 0.50

0.200 + 0.020

3 Hz - 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.03

0.100 + 0.004

5 Hz - 10 Hz

0.35 + 0.03

0.035 + 0.004

10 Hz - 20 kHz

0.06 + 0.03

0.005 + 0.003

20 kHz - 50 kHz

0.12 + 0.05

0.011 + 0.005

50 kHz - 100 kHz

0.60 + 0.08

0.060 + 0.008

100 kHz - 300 kHz

4.00 + 0.50

0.200 + 0.020

Frequency

100 mV

1 V to 750 V[8]0.100 + 0.004

Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )True RMS AC Current [ 2] [ 4] [ 5] [ 9]Range [2] Voltage Frequency

1 Year
TCAL ± 5 ˚C

100 μA/
10 mA< 0.011 V, 3 Hz – 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.04

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C< 0.04 V

5 Hz – 10 Hz

0.35 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.006

10 Hz – 5 kHz

0.10 + 0.04

0.015 + 0.006

5 kHz – 10 kHz 0.18 + 0.04

0.030 + 0.006

Burden

1 mA/
100 mA

1A

3A

0.100 + 0.006< 0.11 V,

3 Hz – 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.04

0.100 + 0.006< 0.4 V

5 Hz – 10 Hz

0.30 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.006

10 Hz – 5 kHz

0.10 + 0.04

0.015 + 0.006

5 kHz – 10 kHz 0.15 + 0.04

0.030 + 0.006

3 Hz – 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.04

0.100 + 0.006

5 Hz – 10 Hz

0.30 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.006

10 Hz – 5 kHz

0.10 + 0.04

0.015 + 0.006

5 kHz – 10 kHz 0.15 + 0.04

0.030 + 0.006

3 Hz – 5 Hz

1.00 + 0.04

0.100 + 0.006

5 Hz – 10 Hz

0.35 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.006

10 Hz – 5 kHz

0.23 + 0.04

0.015 + 0.006

5 kHz – 10 kHz 0.23 + 0.04

0.030 + 0.006< 0.7 V< 2.0 V347

DM2571 User Manual
10 A [6]< 0.5 V

3 Hz – 5 Hz

1.10 + 0.04

0.100 + 0.006

5 Hz – 10 Hz

0.35 + 0.04

0.035 + 0.006

10 Hz – 5 kHz

0.15 + 0.04

0.015 + 0.006

5 kHz – 10 kHz 0.35 + 0.04

0.030 + 0.006

Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )Additional Crest Factor Errors (non-sine wave)
Crest Factor
Error (% of reading)
1-2
2-3
3-4
4-5

0.05
0.15
0.30
0.40

Additional Low Frequency Errors (% of reading)
Speed
Frequency
1/s (>3 Hz)
5/s (>20 Hz)
10 Hz to 20 Hz
20 Hz to 40 Hz
40 Hz to 100 Hz
100 Hz to 200 Hz
200 Hz to 1 k Hz
>1 k Hz

348

0
0
0
0
0
0

0.74
0.22
0.06
0.01
0
0

50/s (>200 Hz)
0.73
0.22
0.18
0

APPENDIX
Measuring Characteristics
True RMS AC
VoltageAC
Bandwidth

True RMS AC
Current

Measurement
Method:AC-coupled True RMS – measures the accomponent of input with up to 400 Vdc ofbias on any range.
Maximum 5:1 at full scale
Bandwidth
3 Hz – 300 kHz (ACI:3 Hz – 10 kHz)
20 Hz – 300 kHz (ACI:20 Hz – 10 kHz)200 Hz – 300 kHz(ACI:200 Hz – 10 kHz)
1 MΩ ± 2%, in parallel with 100 pF

Crest Factor
Speed
1/s (>3 Hz)
5/s (>20 Hz)
50/s(>200 Hz)
Input
Impedance:
Input Protection: 750 Vrms on all ranges
Range
Shunt
Burden Voltage
100 μA100 Ω<0.011 V
1 mA
100 Ω<0.11 V
10 mA
1Ω
<0.04 V
100 mA1Ω<0.4 V1A
0.1 Ω<0.7 V
3A
0.1 Ω
<2 V
10 A
10 mΩ
<0.5 V
Input Protection: External 3.15 A, 500 V fuse for 3 A
Internal 6 A, 1 kV fuse for 3 A
Internal 12 A, 1 kV fuse for 10 A

349

DM2571 User Manual
Operating Characteristics
Function

Speed
DigitsAC Bandwidth
1/s (>3 Hz)
6½
3 Hz – 300 kHz
ACV
5/s (>20 Hz)
5½
20 Hz – 300 kHz
50/s (>200 Hz)
4½
200 Hz – 300 kHz
1/s (>3 Hz)
6½
3 Hz – 10 kHz
ACI
5/s (>20 Hz)
5½
20 Hz – 10 kHz
50/s (>200 Hz)
4½
200 Hz – 10 kHz[1]. AC Specification: It will be available after 60 minutes of warm-up, sine
wave as well as 1/s speed rate.
[2]. The entire range of measurement will pass the set range by 20% except
the tests of 750 VAC, 3 A AC and 10 A AC.
[3]. Specifications are for sinewave input >5% of range. For inputs from 1%
to 5% of range and <50 kHz, add 0.1% of range additional error. For 50
kHz to 100 kHz, add 0.13% of range. The measurement range of 750
VAC is limited within the range of 7.5 x 10^7 Volt–Hz.
[4]. Three speed settings provided for low-frequency performance: 1/s (3Hz), 5/s (20 Hz), 50/s (200 Hz).
[5]. Specifications are for sinewave input >5% of range, and is beyond 10 μA AC.
For inputs from 1% to 5% of range, add 0.1% of range additional error.
[6]. The 10A range of measurement is available for the terminals on front
panel only. Due to power factor resulting in temperature rise, 2 mA
increment per one ampere when input is greater than 5 A rms.
[7]. Accuracy below 10 Hz is a supplementary value.
[8]. Accuracy below 50 Hz and above 1 kHz at above 200 Vrms aresupplementary value. Accuracy above 70 Vrms at above 100 kHz are
supplementary value.
[9]. Accuracy below 10 Hz and above 5 kHz are supplementary value.
Accuracy above 0.2 Arms at 10 Hz to 20 Hz, above 3 A at 20 Hz to 45
Hz, and above 1 A at 1 kHz to 5 kHz are supplementary value.
Accuracy below 40 Hz and above 1 kHz at 100 µA range aresupplementary value.

350

APPENDIX

Frequency and Period Characteristics
Frequency Period [ 1] [ 2]1 YearFrequency
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
0.100
3
Hz
–
5
Hz
100 mV to[3]0.050
5 Hz – 10 Hz
750 V
0.030
10 Hz – 40 Hz
40 Hz – 1 M Hz [4] 0.006
Accuracy Specifications: ± % of reading

Range

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C

0.100
0.035
0.015
0.015

Measuring Characteristics
Frequency andPeriodSettling
Considerations

Measurement
Considerations

Measurement
Method:Reciprocal-counting technique. AC-coupled
input using the ac voltage measurement
function.
Voltage Ranges 100 mVrms full scale to 750 Vrms. Auto or
manual ranging.
Errors will occur when attempting to measure the frequency
or period of an input following a dc offset voltage change.
The input blocking RC time constant must be allowed to fully
settle (up to 1 sec) before the most accurate measurements are
possible.
All frequency counters are susceptible to error whenmeasuring low-voltage, low-frequency signals.
Shielding inputs from external noise pickup is critical forminimizing measurement errors.

351

DM2571 User Manual
Operating Characteristics
Function
Frequency,
PeriodGate Time
Digits1s
6½
100 ms
5½
10 ms
4½
[1].
This specification will be available after 60 minutes of warm-up andsine wave input, unless stated otherwise. This specification applies to 1s
gate time.
[2]. This specification is available when both sine wave and square wave
input ≥ 100 mV. For the input of 10 mV to 100 mV, the % of reading
error needs to be multiplied by 10 times.
[3].
The amplitude range is from 10% to 120% and is lower than 750
VAC.
[4]. The input ≥ 60 mV, for 300 k to 1 MHz, within 100mV range.

Temperature Characteristics [1](Exclusive of probe errors)
RTD (Accuracy based on PT100):(100 Ω platinum [PT100], D100, F100,PT385, PT3916, or user type)
1 YearRange
Resolution(TCAL ±5°C)
Temperature Coefficient-200 °C to -100 °C
0.001 °C
0.09 °C
0.004 °C / °C
-100 °C to -20 °C
0.001 °C
0.08 °C
0.005 °C / °C
-20 °C to 20 °C
0.001 °C
0.06 °C
0.005 °C / °C
20 °C to 100 °C
0.001 °C
0.08 °C
0.005 °C / °C
100 °C to 300 °C
0.001 °C
0.12 °C
0.007 °C / °C
300 °C to 600 °C
0.001 °C
0.22 °C
0.009 °C / °C

Thermocouples (Accuracy based on ITS-90):
Type Range
Resolution
E-200 to +1000 °C
0.002 °C
J
0.002 °C
-210 to +1200 ˚C
T-200 to +400 °C
0.002 °C
K-200 to +1372 ˚C
0.002 °C
N-200 to +1300 ˚C
0.003 °C
R
-50 to +1768 ˚C
0.01 °CS-50 to +1768 ˚C
0.01 °C
B+350 to +1820 ˚C
0.01 °C*Relative to simulated junction

1 Year(TCAL±5 °C)*
0.2 °C
0.2 °C
0.3 °C
0.3 °C
0.4 °C
1 °C
1 °C
1 °C

Thermistor (2.2 kΩ, 5 kΩ, 10 kΩ or User Type)Range–80 ° to 150 °C

352

Resolution
0.001 °C

Temperature Coefficient
0.03 °C / °C
0.03 °C / °C
0.04 °C / °C
0.04 °C / °C
0.05 °C / °C
0.14 °C / °C
0.14 °C / °C
0.14 °C / °C

1 Year (TCAL±5 °C) Temperature Coefficient
0.1 °C0.003 °C/ °C

APPENDIX
Measuring Characteristics
Speed
Digits5/s
6½
Reading Rate
RTD/TCO/
20/s
5½(Readings/sec) Thermistor
60(50)/s
4½[1].
The actual measurement range and test lead error will be constrainedby the adopted test lead. The test lead accuracy adder covers all errors ofmeasurements and ITS-90 temerature change.

Capacitance [1]Range

1.000 nF [2]10.00 nF
100.0 nF
1.000 μF
10.00 μF
100.0 μF

1 Year
TCAL ± 5 ˚C
2.00 + 2.00
2.00 + 1.00
2.00 + 0.40
2.00 + 0.40
2.00 + 0.40
2.00 + 0.40

Temperature
Coefficient/˚C
0.05 + 0.01
0.05 + 0.01
0.05 + 0.01
0.05 + 0.01
0.05 + 0.01
0.05 + 0.01

Accuracy Specifications: ± ( % of reading + % of range )[1]. Specifications are for film capacitor inputs that are greater than 10% range.
[2]. Accuracy at 1nF range is supplementary value.

Measuring Characteristics
Measurement method: DC recharge & discharge.
Input protection: 500 Vpeak on all ranges.
The capacitor under test (Cx) is charged using a constant current source. The
time to charge Cx is recorded. The capacitor is then discharged using a known
resistance and the discharge time is recorded. The value of the resistance depends
on the capacitance range that is selected. The charge and discharge time is used
to calculate the capacitance of Cx if the selected capacitance range is equal to orless than 10 nF. Only the charge time is used to calculate the capacitance of Cx if
the selected capacitance range is equal to or greater than 100 nF.
As measuring capacitance with the DMM is effectively a DC measurement, themeasured capacitance tends to be higher than what is measured by LCR meters.
For best measurement results, first perform a zeroing of the test leads when thecables are “open” to compensate for the test lead capacitance.

353

DM2571 User Manual

Dual Measurement and Advanced Measurement
Dual Measurement
Function

Allows you to use the 2nd display to show another item, thus
viewing two different measurement results at once.

Combination

DCV, ACV, DCI, ACI, Frequency, Period, Thermocouple

Advanced Measurement
Relative

Hold

Shows the relative value compared with the reference.
As the reference value, measured value or manually setting value isavailable.
Retains the current measurement data and updates it only when
the reading fluctuates more than the threshold.
Threshold 0.01 %, 0.1 %, 1 %, 10 %Math measurement runs one of six types of mathematicaloperations, based on the other measureuent results.

dB

Shows dB value with reference to measured dBmvalue.

Shows dBm/W value based on reference impedancedBm / W selection in case of voltage measurement (0 dBm = 1
mW).
Math

Statistic

354

The Compare measurement checks and updates if
the measurement data stays between the upper (high)Compareand lower (low) limit specified.
The results are also output to Digital I/O.
MX+B

Multiplies the reading (X) by the factor (M) andadds/subtracts offset (B).

1/X

Inverse. Divides 1 by the reading (X).

%

Runs the following equation.
(Reading X − Reference) / Reference x 100 %Items

Maximum, Minimum, Average, Peak-to-Peak,
Standard deviation, Sample countAPPENDIX

Other Functions
Measurement
Data Count
results Store
Recall Instruments Number of
Settings andSettings
Power-on Settings
Trigger

1 to 100,000
5 user-settings and 1 default setting

Trigger Source Internal(Auto), Single, or External
Trigger Delay 0 to 3,600 s, 1 µs resolution
Smooths reading values
Type

Digital Filter

Moving filter and Repeating filter

Filter Count 2 to 100
FilterWindow

Restarts the smoothing when the AD data falls
out of the specified range.
Threshold

ADC Setting

0.01 %, 0.1 %, 1 %, 10 %, NONE

Auto-Zeroing The Auto-Zeroing(A-Zero) is used to prevent
measurements from drifting by taking offset
measurements.
On or Off.

Standard Interface USB, RS-232C, LAN, DIGITAL I/O
Optional Interface GPIB
Input

External
Trigger

OutputEnd OfLow or High active, TTL level
Measurement

DIGITAL I/O

CompareResults
Vcc Out

Low or High active, TTL level

PASS, FAIL, HIGH, LOW signals
Low active, Open collector

About 5 V, max 100 mA.
Power source for the external device / logic.

355

DM2571 User Manual

Dimensions

Optional GPIB card isinstalled.

All dimensions areshown in millimeters.

356

INDEX

EMC, Safety, and RoHS
◎ EMC

EN 61326-1:
Electrical equipment for measurement, control andEN 61326-2-1: laboratory use –– EMC requirements
EN 61326-2-2:
Conducted & Radiated Emission
Electrical Fast Transients
EN 55011 Class A
EN 61000-4-4
Current Harmonics
Surge Immunity
EN 61000-3-2
EN 61000-4-5
Voltage Fluctuations
Conducted Susceptibility
EN 61000-3-3
EN 61000-4-6
Electrostatic Discharge
Power Frequency Magnetic Field
EN 61000-4-2
EN 61000-4-8
Radiated Immunity
Voltage Dip/ Interruption
EN 61000-4-3
EN 61000-4-11◎ Safety

Low Voltage Equipment Directive 2014/35/EU
Safety Requirements
EN 61010-1 / EN 61010-2-030◎ RoHS

RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU

357

ーーーー WARRANTY ーーーー
NF Corporation certifies that this product was thoroughly tested and inspected and found tomeet its published specifications when it was shipped from our factory. In the unlikely eventthat you experience an issue during use, please contact our company or agency of ourcompany from which you purchased the product.
All NF products are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of
one year from the date of shipment. During the warranty period, NF will repair the defective
product without any charge for the parts and labor.
For repair service under warranty, the product must be returned to either NF or an agent
designated by NF. The Purchaser shall prepay all shipping cost, duties and taxes for the
product to NF from another country, and NF shall pay shipping charges to return the product tothe purchaser.
This warranty shall not apply when corresponding to following particulars.
A) Failure caused by improper handling or use of the product in a manner that does notconform with the provisions of the Instruction Manual.
B) Failure or damage caused by transport, dropping, or other handling of the productafter purchase.
C) Failure caused by repair, adjustment, or modification of the product by a company,
organization, or individual not approved by NF.
D) Failure caused by abnormal voltage or the influence of equipment connected to thisproduct.
E) Failure caused by the influence of supply parts from the customer.
F) Failure caused by such as corrosion that originate in the use of causticity gas, organic
solvent, and chemical.
G) Failure caused by the insect or small animal that invaded from the outside.
H) Failure or damage caused by fire, earthquakes, flood damage, lightning, war, or otheruncontrollable accident.
I) Failure caused by the reason that was not able to be foreseen by the science andtechnology level when shipped from our company.
J) Replacement and replenishment of consumables such as batteries.

NF Corporation

Request for Repair
When a failure occurred and the product was found to be defective or you have any
uncertainty, please get in touch with NF Corporation or its authorized agent.
In such a case, let us know the model name (or product name), serial number (SERIAL No.
given on the nomenclature plate), and symptom and operating conditions as detail as
possible.
Though we will make efforts to reduce the repair period, when five or more years havepassed since you purchased the product, it may take time due to, for instance, the out ofstock of repair parts.
Also, if the production of repair parts is discontinued, the product is extremely damaged, or
the product is modified, we may decline the repair.

WABUN: (DA00078037-002)

If there are any misplaced or missing pages, we will replace the manual.
Contact the sales representative.

NOTES• Reproduction of the contents of this manual is forbidden by applicable laws.
• The contents of this manual may be revised without notice.
• Information provided in this manual is intended to be accurate and reliable.
However, we assume no responsibility for any damage regarding the contentsof this manual.
• We assume no responsibility for influences resulting from the operations in thismanual.
Copyright 2020-2022, NF Corporation
DM2571 USER MANUALNF Corporation
6-3-20, Tsunashima Higashi, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama
223-8508 JAPAN
Phone +81-45-545-8128 Fax +81-45-545-8187

http://www.nfcorp.co.jp/

NF Corporation
6-3-20, Tsunashima Higashi, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama 223-8508 JAPAN